Book13 - Roller Screen RR1439 - P0EBD72 PDF
Book13 - Roller Screen RR1439 - P0EBD72 PDF
Book13 - Roller Screen RR1439 - P0EBD72 PDF
INSTRUCTIONS
SONG HAU 1
THERMAL POWER PLANT
BOOK 13
Roller screen RR1439
P0EBD72
Manual 1
Use of machine in accordance with
intended purpose
FAM
Magdeburger Förderanlagen
und Baumaschinen GmbH
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
39112 Magdeburg
The user is obliged to study the complete documentation so that he understands it.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
The operator is obliged to familiarise the personnel on how to operate the machine/installation.
The operator is obliged to only operate the machine/installation when in a faultless condition from a
safety-related perspective.
The operator is obliged to only have work on the electrical and electronic machines / systems carried
out by electricians under observance of the valid safety regulations for working with electrical systems.
The operator is obliged to have the specified setting, maintenance and inspection work executed by
the due date by skilled personnel.
The operator is obliged to follow the respective, valid legal environmental protection regulations in
addition to the information provided in these operating instructions.
The operator is obliged to only allow persons to work on the system, who
have the legal age
are not under the influence of drugs or alcohol
are familiar with the basic occupational safety, health and environmental protection regulations and
have been trained on how to work with the system.
have read and understood these operating instructions and have confirmed this through their
signature.
The operator is obliged to check that his/her personnel are working in a safety-conscious manner and
to counteract deviations from safety measures with suitable measures.
The operator is obliged to provide the operating and maintenance personnel with personal protective
equipment. The design of the personal protective equipment is the responsibility of the system operator.
The operator is obliged to make sure that all security and warning notes on the machine/installation are
not removed and are in legible condition.
1.6 Copyright
The copyright in this documents remains with Magdeburger Förderanlagen und Baumaschinen GmbH.
Reproduction, disclosure to third parties, announcement or similar modes of publication and use for any other
purposes are prohibited without the express written approval of the copyright owner.
All rights are reserved for the case of patent granting or registration of utility models.
Infringements may result not only in order to refrain but also in claims for damages.
Make sure that only original spare parts, wearing parts and accessories are used
since they are specifically designed for use in the machine/plant. When parts from
other sources are used, the stress-bearing capacity and safety aspects cannot be
NOTE guaranteed.
Parts and special components not supplied by FAM must be considered as items not released for use by FAM.
FAM
Magdeburger Förderanlagen
und Baumaschinen GmbH
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
39112 Magdeburg
This symbol means: Warning of very dangerous areas- imminent risks to the life and
health of persons.
This danger sign marks a very dangerous situation with the consequence that non-
observance of the required rules of behaviour might cause most severe bodily injuries (e.g.
DANGER heavy skin burns) or property damage. Even fatal injuries are possible.
This symbol means: Warning of a dangerous area - potential risk to the life and health
of persons.
This warning sign marks a very dangerous situation. Non-observance of the required rules
of behaviour might cause severe bodily injuries, even the loss of limb or severe property
WARNING damage.
This symbol means: Caution, Warning of a dangerous area and a potentially hazardous
situation involving risks to the health of persons.
This warning sign marks a very dangerous situation. Non-observance of the required rules
of behaviour might cause light bodily injuries and/or property damage.
CAUTION
This symbol stands for hints and other particularly important information.
IMPORTANT
This symbol stands for specific instructions for the operator that can be followed or are of
specific importance as background information.
NOTE
This symbol means: ”Danger, „Ban on open flame, open light and smoking“.
This safety sign is used in areas where inflammable or explosive solid, liquid or gaseous
substances are stored so that the risk of fire is present.
No ignition sources are admissible in the areas marked by this sign.
(For exceptions and necessary type approvals for components for use in the individual
zones see the Directives on Explosion Protection.)
Work where ignition sparks are developed must not be carried out in these areas, such as
welding, grinding, abrasive or flame cutting).
The following ignition sources must not be used in areas marked with the safety sign:
Open flames and hot gases (e.g. candles, matches, welding pearls, welding sparks,
glowing charcoal or tobacco)
Heated or hot surfaces (e.g. radiators, hotplates, bulbs, engine bowls, exhaust gas
DANGER systems)
Friction heat (e.g. bearings running hot)
Mechanically generated sparks (e.g. rock, concrete or metal sparks generated by
grinding, abrasive cutting or by hammer blows)
If such kind of work is necessary in areas marked by this sign, specific safety measures
must be taken before.
This danger sign marks a very dangerous situation with the consequence that non-
observance of the required rules of behaviour might cause most severe bodily injuries (e.g.
heavy skin burns) or property damage. Even fatal injuries are possible.
This symbol means: „Use catching safety belt“ (personal safety equipment for protection
against falling).
If an area (e.g. erection site) involves a higher danger of falling, catching safety belts and
the personal safety equipment must be used for protection against falling.
Non-observance of this instruction may cause damage to health and even fatal injuries.
This symbol means: „Marking of containers provided for disposal of used oils and
lubricants“.
Non-observance of this instruction may cause effects detrimental to health and to the
environment.
This symbol means: „Marking of containers provided for disposal of oily cleaning
cloths“.
Non-observance of this instruction may cause effects detrimental to health and to the
environment.
Make sure that operators use the required personal safety equipment.
Before putting the machine/plant into operation, check if all guards are fully operable and fitted correctly.
Check all safety and monitoring appliances of the machine/plant for safe function. Never start the
machine/plant with missing or defective safety appliances.
Never remove or bypass safety appliances.
The machine is working with rotating machine components that can provoke squeezing injuries.
If the removal of safety appliances is required for repair or maintenance work and this removal has
been authorized before, the equipment must be shut down and isolated from power supply so that the
machine/plant cannot be erroneously restarted. Once the repair and maintenance work has been
completed, all safety appliances must be re-installed in their original positions again.
All EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons must be freely accessible. They must not be covered so that they
are not visible, and their settings must not be changed.
Automatically actuated switches must not be blocked so that safe release is possible.
Make sure that all fire alarming and fire-fighting equipment is in a technically sound condition. Keep all
operating staff informed about the locations and correct use of such fire alarming and fighting
equipment.
Observe all safety and warning panels of the machine/plant and keep them in a good legible condition.
Keep all limit switches and other safety appliances in a clean state, fully operable and free from dirt so
that their function cannot be impaired.
Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons for service stops of equipment since this mode of equipment
stop should be restricted to cases of emergency. Moreover, the use of EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons for
service stop of equipment may cause damage to the machine.
WARNING
All zones where safety facilities are changed or even removed must be blocked. Access
to these zones must be blocked with safety chains.
DANGER
USE CLOTHS AND MATERIALS CORRECTLY AND DISPOSE THEM PROPERLY, WITH
THE EMPHASIS ON:
Work on lubrication systems and appliances.
Cleaning by use of solvents.
Depending on the local conditions on site, a higher sound pressure level may develop
and cause hardness of hearing- In such causes the workers are obliged to wear ear
protectors or to take other protective measures.
During all work with or on the equipment the rules on the avoidance of wastes and the
correct disposal or recycling of wastes shall be observed.
Substances like
Hydraulic fluids
Oils and greases
Coolants
Solvent-containing cleaning agents
required for installation, repair and maintenance work must not get into the soil or enter
the sewage system.
These fluids must be collected in suitable vessels before they are disposed of properly.
FAM
Magdeburger Förderanlagen
und Baumaschinen GmbH
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
39112 Magdeburg
FAM
Magdeburger Förderanlagen
und Baumaschinen GmbH
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
39112 Magdeburg
1.2 Function description lubrication system for the roller screen ........................................................... 8
1.2.1 General .......................................................................................................................................... 8
1.2.2 Activation release ........................................................................................................................... 8
1.2.3 Activation ........................................................................................................................................ 8
1.2.4 Deactivation release ...................................................................................................................... 8
1.2.5 Deactivation ................................................................................................................................... 9
1.2.6 Fault analysis ................................................................................................................................. 9
1.2.6.1 Basics .................................................................................................................................. 9
1.2.6.2 Grease container - Fill level below min................................................................................ 9
1.2.6.3 Switching on-site operating points ....................................................................................... 9
1.2.6.4 Electrical faults, tripping of protection elements .................................................................. 9
1.2.6.5 Voltage failure at the infeed ................................................................................................. 9
IMPORTANT
An Alarm 1 generates a warning in the control centre and requires inspection in the system.
An Alarm 2 generates deactivation of the supplying system. If the system is switched on while there is an alarm
2, the roller screen cannot be started up.
If an Alarm 3 is generated during operation, the roller screen must be switched off at once.
1.1.7 Deactivation
In locked (remote) operation, a lag time of approx. 60 seconds must be complied with to empty the roller screen
first.
In unlocked (on-site) operation, this time is not needed. Then both rollers are switched off at the same time.
Then both rollers are switched off at the same time.
The roller screen is deemed off:
when all rollers have been switched off
The roller screen is deemed out of operation:
When both rollers have reached rotating speed 0
1.2.3 Activation
The lubrication system is activated in locked (remote) operation.
The lubrication pump is running in the following intervals:
Activation of the lubrication pump after the break times set in the time link (usually 3 minutes).
The break time between the lubrication cycles may be between 60 minutes and 0 minutes in locked
(remote) operation (usually approx. 40 minutes).
Deactivation of the lubrication pump after the cycle number set in the counting element (flank change
0-1).
In unlocked (on-site) operation, the lubrication system at the on-site control is switched on by activation of the
lubrication pump; the lubrication pump runs in permanent operation.
FAM
Magdeburger Förderanlagen
und Baumaschinen GmbH
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
39112 Magdeburg
FAM
Magdeburger Förderanlagen
und Baumaschinen GmbH
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
39112 Magdeburg
1 MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................................................................ 3
Annex 1: Lubrication
Annex 2: Control and Maintenance
Annex 3: Spare and wear parts
Please note the information in the manual 1 “Use of machine according to intended
purpose” and manual 2 “Basic safety requirements”.
The supplied documentation of attachment parts (e.g. gearbox, motors etc.)
supplements the following statements and should be understood as obligatory.
IMPORTANT
Make sure to adhere to the setting, maintenance and inspection activities and intervals plus data on
replacement of parts and components contained in the operation manual. All those activities should be
accomplished only by qualified personnel (skilled work force).
Qualified personnel (skilled work force) are persons who have been authorized by the responsible for
maintaining the safety of the components/ plant, to perform such activities and to detect and avoid possible
dangers as a result of their training, experience, instruction or familiarity with the relevant Standards,
regulations, accident prevention measures and operating conditions.
During all work with or on the equipment the rules on the avoidance of wastes and
the correct disposal or recycling of wastes shall be observed.
Substances like
Hydraulic fluids
Oils and greases
Coolants
Solvent-containing cleaning agents
required for installation, repair and maintenance work must not get into the soil or
enter the sewage system.
These fluids must be collected in suitable vessels before they are disposed of
properly.
Damage to the paint must be eliminated according to the paint specification after
having finished maintenance works.
IMPORTANT
Nominal size (rope) Required torque for Tensile force required Required number of
tightening in the rope clip thread wire rope clips
[Nm] [N]
5 2,20 2300 5
6,5 3,85 3200 5
8 6,60 4700 6
10 9,90 7100 6
13 36,30 15400 6
16 53,90 21000 6
19 74,47 28900 6
22 117,70 40800 7
26 161,70 47600 7
30 233,20 62300 8
34 325,60 79200 8
40 399,30 89800 8
Nm
M8 15
M 10 30
M 12 51
M 16 125
M 20 245
M 24 421
M 27 620
M 30 844
DANGER Starting of the electrical or hydraulic drives of the assembly groups that are being
worked on, must be excluded.
DANGER Falling objects may cause severe bodily injury or loss of life.
DANGER Before performing work on such components suitable action should be taken to
exclude such potential risks.
DANGER As well as the disassebly of machine parts of the travel drive notably affect the
stability of the entire plant. That is why these works may only be carried out after
having consulted the company FAM and only by qualified maintenance personnel.
Non-observance of this instruction may lead to damages at the plant, severe or
even fatal injuries.
If components (such as drive units or belt drums) are not immediately reinstalled
after disassembly, the previously disassembled railings, grating grids or protective
grilles must be reassembled after disassembly until the component is rebuilt.
Failure to observe this instruction can result in serious injury or death.
GEFAHR
For the transport of the plant components, only the intended anchor points or stop
lugs are to be used (see information in the supplier documentation).
GEFAHR
After repair, all safety devices must be checked for mounting and function!
GEFAHR
Cover the chute under the roller grizzly by means of timber blocks, so that the wear
plates can be reached safely.
Danger
Replace the wear plates from the inside
Adjust the gap between wear plates and lower edge of the polygon discs
Isolate the roller screen from power supply and secure it against unauthorized, erroneous and unintended
start-up.
Dismount the supply lines.
Separate the roll from the geared motor by loosening the screw fittings and coupling.
Sling the geared motor to the crane and secure it against tilting.
Remove the fastening bolt connections of the geared motor.
Lift the geared motor.
Slew the crane and lower the geared motor on a suitable truck and secure it against moving.
Further transport to the repair shop and there dismounting the components, if necessary.
Re-assembly of the disassembled components is performed in the reverse order of disassembly.
No. Lubrication point Manufacturer Lubricant Type of Lubricant Amount of Lubrication Cycle Date of Company/ Signature
name Lubricant Control First lubricant Relubrication Renewal of filling or Name
Manufacturer
Lubricant supply renewal Quantity Lubricant control
1 Drive 14 R87 Oil CLP220 2,3 every 3000 H ** at the latest
Spur gear Fill in Mineral oil Litre at least every 6 months every 3 years
* -FFor fast-running
f t i bearings
b i (M
(Motor-
t and d gear unit
it iinputt end):
d) Fill th
the cavities
iti b between
t th
the rolling
lli elements
l t one-third
thi d ffullll with
ith grease.
- For slow-running bearings (in the gear unit and gear unit output end): Fill the cavities between the rolling elements two-thirds full with grease.
** - Depending on the operating conditions as oil temperature (see Assembly and Operating Instructions Gear Unit chapter 6.3)
3 Central lubrication 1 Grease GADUS.S.2.V.100.2 10 Liter Electrical fill level control
unit Fill in Shell Tank 8 Liter Refill when signal occurs
4 Bearing 28 Grease GADUS.S.2.V.100.2 8 signals for 1 complete lubrication cycle; Adjust the interval between lubrication cycles between 60
Central lubrication
Rollers unit
Shell minutes and 0 minutes during commissioning (normally 40 minutes)
Note the special information on lubrication in the add-on parts documentation!
Control
Comment: Date: .............................................. Name: ........................ Signature: .................................
Status: 28.02.2017
File: 124442_M6_AN1_E.xls Sheet: 1 of 1
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
SONG HAU 1
THERMAL POWER PLANT
BOOK 13
Roller screen RR1439
P0EBD72
Manual 6
Maintenance
Annex 2
Control and Maintenance
<> Change of ball bearing together with the due grease change of the gear unit bearing, see operating instructions SEW X
<> check the seals for wear Visual inspection, if necessary replace X
Note the special information about maintenance in the technical documentation of the add-on parts and prefer them to those mentioned above.
The standard package of services rendered by FAM Förderanlagen Magdeburg for your project
includes an electronic spare parts catalog.
The electronic catalog provides a detailed overview of all mechanical spare, wear and add-on parts as
well as their installation locations in the equipment supplied by FAM:
Project overview
The catalog is available online. To use the online version, please follow the link:
https://etk.fam.de/template/index.php
Select the option ”Forgot your password?“ and send the automatically generated e-mail with your
request to the pre-set address:
In this case, the members of our service team will get in touch with you as soon as possible.
Best regards,
Your Service-Team
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
D-39112 Magdeburg
Postfach 35 40
D-39010 Magdeburg
[email protected]
http://www.fam.de
Projekt: Verschleiss- und Ersatzteilliste
Project:
Song Hau 1 Spare and Wear Parts List
[kg]
Ersatzteilliste_124442_P0EBD72.xlsm 1/3
FAM Art.-Nr. eingebaute Anzahl
Zeichng.-Nr. / Detail Pos.-Nr. Menge Einheit Gewicht ET VT AnT
insgesamt
Bezeichnung Description
Total No. of
FAM Ident No. Drawing-No / Detail Pos.-Nr. Qty Unit Weight SP WP AnT
installed Parts
Ersatzteilliste_124442_P0EBD72.xlsm 2/3
FAM Art.-Nr. eingebaute Anzahl
Zeichng.-Nr. / Detail Pos.-Nr. Menge Einheit Gewicht ET VT AnT
insgesamt
Bezeichnung Description
Total No. of
FAM Ident No. Drawing-No / Detail Pos.-Nr. Qty Unit Weight SP WP AnT
installed Parts
Legende: Key:
ET - Ersatzteile SP - Spare Parts
VT - Verschleiszteile WP - Wear Parts
AnT - Anbauteile AnT - Attachements
Ersatz- und Verschleiszteile aus den Anbauteilen sind Spare and wear parts of the attachment can be
der Dokumentation zu entnehmen. Dichtringe sind auch found in the documentation. Seals are also generally
hier grundsätzlich Verschleiszteile. wear parts.
KG - Kilogramm KG - kilogram
ST - Stück ST - piece
M - Meter M - metre
Ersatzteilliste_124442_P0EBD72.xlsm 3/3
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
SONG HAU 1
THERMAL POWER PLANT
BOOK 13
Roller screen RR1439
P0EBD72
Manual 7
Add-on parts
FAM
Magdeburger Förderanlagen
und Baumaschinen GmbH
Sudenburger Wuhne 47
39112 Magdeburg
Operating Instructions
AC Motors
DR..71 – 315, DRN80 – 315
Contents
1 General information.................................................................................................................. 6
1.1 About this documentation ............................................................................................... 6
1.2 Structure of the safety notes ........................................................................................... 6
1.3 Rights to claim under limited warranty ............................................................................ 8
1.4 Exclusion of liability......................................................................................................... 8
1.5 Product names and trademarks...................................................................................... 8
1.6 Copyright notice .............................................................................................................. 8
1.7 Designation convention................................................................................................... 8
7 Inspection/maintenance......................................................................................................... 98
7.1 Inspection and maintenance intervals......................................................................... 100
7.2 Bearing lubrication ..................................................................................................... 101
7.3 Reinforced bearings.................................................................................................... 102
7.4 Corrosion protection.................................................................................................... 102
7.5 Motor and brake maintenance – preliminary work ...................................................... 103
7.6 Inspection/maintenance of DR..71 – 315, DRN80 – 315 motors ................................ 114
7.7 Inspection/maintenance of DR..71 – 315, DRN80 – 315 brakemotors ....................... 121
7.8 Inspection/maintenance work diagnostic unit /DUB.................................................... 144
7.9 Inspection/maintenance work diagnostic unit /DUE.................................................... 148
8.9 Encoders..................................................................................................................... 177
8.10 Diagnostic unit /DUE................................................................................................... 182
8.11 Characteristic values of functional safety.................................................................... 183
8.12 S1 duty cycle DRK.. single-phase motor .................................................................... 184
9 Malfunctions.......................................................................................................................... 185
9.1 Motor malfunctions...................................................................................................... 186
1 General information
1.1 About this documentation
This documentation is an integral part of the product. The documentation is intended
for all employees who perform assembly, installation, startup, and service work on the
product.
Make sure this documentation is accessible and legible. Ensure that persons respons-
ible for the machinery and its operation as well as persons who work on the device in-
dependently have read through the documentation carefully and understood it. If you
are unclear about any of the information in this documentation or require further in-
formation, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
SIGNAL WORD
Type and source of hazard.
Possible consequence(s) if disregarded.
• Measure(s) to prevent the hazard.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
During operation, the motors or gearmotors can have live, bare (in the event of open
connectors/terminal boxes) and movable or rotating parts as well as hot surfaces,
depending on their degree of protection.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• All work related to transportation, storage, installation, assembly, connection,
startup, maintenance and repair may only be carried out by qualified personnel,
in strict observance of the following points:
– The applicable detailed documentation(s)
– Warning and safety signs on the motor/gearmotor
– All the project planning documents, startup instructions and wiring diagrams
related to the drive
– System-specific regulations and requirements
– National/regional safety and accident prevention regulations.
• Never install damaged drives.
• Report any damage to the shipping company immediately.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Functional Inverter (e.g. Brake Manual brake Brake monitoring Motor pro- Encoder
safety MOVIMOT®) release monit- tection
oring
02 x
04 x
11 x x
If the drive bears the FS logo on the nameplate, you must adhere to the information in
the following documents:
• "MOVIMOT® MM..D – Functional Safety" manual
• Addendum to the operating instructions "Safety-Rated Encoders – DR..71 – 315,
DRN80 – 315 AC Motors – Functional Safety"
• Addendum to the operating instructions "Safety-Rated Brakes – DR..71 – 315,
DRN80 – 315 AC Motors – Functional Safety"
You find the characteristic safety values of the following components in the technical
data (→ 2 183) section so you can determine the security level for systems and ma-
chines yourself:
• Characteristic safety values for brakes: B10d values
• Characteristic safety values for encoders: MTTFd values
The characteristic safety values of SEW‑EURODRIVE components are also available
on the homepage at www.sew‑eurodrive.de and in the SEW‑EURODRIVE library for
the BGIA Sistema software.
2.7 Transport/storage
Inspect the shipment for damage as soon as you receive the delivery. Report any
transport damage to the shipping company immediately. If necessary, suspend star-
tup.
Tighten the eyebolts securely. They are designed to only carry the weight of the gear
unit/motor/gearmotor; do not attach any additional loads.
The installed lifting eyebolts are in accordance with DIN 580. The loads and regula-
tions specified in that document must always be observed. If two or four lifting eyes or
eyebolts are attached to the gear unit/motor/gearmotor, all lifting eyes or eyebolts
must be used during transport. In this case, the tension force vector of the slings must
not exceed a 45° angle in accordance with DIN 580.
Use suitable, sufficiently rated handling equipment if necessary. Reattach these in the
case of further transportation.
If the gear unit/motor/gearmotor is not installed immediately, it must be stored in a dry
and dust-free storage location. You must not store the gear unit/motor/gearmotor out-
doors or on the fan guard. The gear unit/motor/gearmotor can be stored for up to 9
months without requiring any special measures before startup.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
2.10 Startup/operation
Whenever changes to normal operation occur in the gear unit/motor/gearmotor, such
as increased temperatures, noise, vibrations, determine the cause. Consult the manu-
facturer if required. Never deactivate protection devices, even in test mode. Switch off
the motor if you are not sure.
Regularly clean air ducts in dusty or dirty environments.
CAUTION
The surfaces of the drive can be very hot during operation.
Risk of burns.
• Make sure that hot surfaces cannot be touched unintentionally or during normal
operation. Install covers or warning signs according to regulations.
• Let the unit cool down before you start working on it.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
The following figures are block diagrams. Their purpose is to make it easier to assign
components to the spare parts lists. Deviations are possible depending on the motor
size and version.
[91]
[93] [93]
[90] [90]
13369217931
[1] Rotor [30] Oil seal [106] Oil seal [123] Hex head screw
[2] Retaining ring [32] Retaining ring [107] Oil flinger [129] Screw plug with O-ring
[3] Key [35] Fan guard [108] Nameplate [131] Gasket for cover
[7] Flanged endshield [36] Fan [109] Grooved pin [132] Terminal box cover
[9] Screw plug [41] Shim washer [111] Gasket for lower part [134] Screw plug with O-ring
[10] Retaining ring [42] B-side endshield [112] Terminal box lower part [156] Information sign
[11] Deep groove ball bear- [44] Deep groove ball bear- [113] Pan head screw [262] Connection terminal,
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[12]
[9]
[7]
[106] [707]
[705]
[107] [706]
[35]
[715]
[30]
[19]
[41] [42] [22]
[17]
[91]
[90] [32]
[100]
[103] [94] [93]
[15] [16] [44]
[36]
[14] [31]
[3] [1]
[11] [2]
[104]
[10]
18014399036804619
[1] Rotor [31] Key [108] Nameplate [132] Terminal box cover
[2] Retaining ring [32] Retaining ring [109] Grooved pin [134] Screw plug with O-ring
[3] Key [35] Fan guard [111] Gasket for lower part [137] Screw
[7] Flange [36] Fan [112] Terminal box lower part [139] Hex head screw
[9] Screw plug [41] Cup spring [113] Screw [140] Washer
[10] Retaining ring [42] Rear endshield [115] Terminal board [156] Information label
[11] Deep groove ball bearing [44] Deep groove ball [116] Serrated lock washer [219] Hex nut
bearing
[12] Retaining ring [90] Foot [117] Stud [262] Connection terminal
[14] Washer [91] Hex nut [118] Washer [390] O-ring
[15] Hex head screw [93] Washer [119] Cap screw [616] Retaining plate
[16] Stator [94] Cap screw [123] Hex head screw [705] Canopy
[17] Hex nut [100] Hex nut [128] Serrated lock washer [706] Spacer
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[19] Cap screw [103] Stud [129] Screw plug with O-ring [707] Hex head screw
[22] Hex head screw [104] Supporting ring [131] Gasket for cover [715] Hex head screw
[24] Eyebolt [106] Oil seal
[30] Sealing ring [107] Oil flinger
[3]
[11]
[2]
9007200332597387
[1] Rotor [31] Key [107] Oil flinger [132] Terminal box cover
[2] Retaining ring [32] Retaining ring [108] Nameplate [134] Screw plug
[3] Key [35] Fan guard [109] Grooved pin [137] Screw
[7] Flange [36] Fan [111] Gasket for lower part [139] Hex head screw
[9] Screw plug [40] Retaining ring [112] Terminal box lower part [140] Washer
[11] Deep groove ball bearing [42] Rear endshield [113] Cap screw [156] Information label
[15] Hex head screw [43] Supporting ring [115] Terminal board [219] Hex nut
[16] Stator [44] Deep groove ball [116] Serrated lock washer [262] Connection terminal
bearing
[19] Cap screw [90] Foot [117] Stud [390] O-ring
[21] Oil seal flange [93] Washer [118] Washer [616] Retaining plate
[22] Hex head screw [94] Cap screw [119] Cap screw [705] Canopy
[24] Eyebolt [100] Hex nut [123] Hex head screw [706] Spacer bolt
[25] Cap screw [103] Stud [128] Serrated lock washer [707] Hex head screw
[26] Shield ring [105] Cup spring [129] Screw plug [715] Hex head screw
[30] Oil seal [106] Oil seal [131] Gasket for cover
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[118]
[123]
[116]
[132]
[117]
[131]
[119]
[112]
[139]
[140]
[111] [128]
[159]
[160]
[161] [19]
[115]
[113] [129] [134] [22]
[24] [1453]
[105]
[9]
[7]
[106]
[107]
[707]
[705]
[706]
[715]
[35] [32]
[26] [25] [40]
[36]
[30]
[42] [43]
[109] [44]
[108] [21]
[94] [31]
[93]
[90] [1]
[15]
[16] [3]
[100]
[103] [11]
[2]
9007206690410123
[1] Rotor [32] Retaining ring [108] Nameplate [134] Screw plug
[2] Retaining ring [35] Fan guard [109] Grooved pin [137] Screw
[3] Key [36] Fan [111] Gasket for lower part [139] Hex head screw
[7] Flange [40] Retaining ring [112] Terminal box lower part [140] Washer
[9] Screw plug [42] B-side endshield [113] Cap screw [156] Information sign
[11] Deep groove ball [43] Supporting ring [115] Terminal board [159] Connection piece
bearing
[15] Cap screw [44] Deep groove ball [116] Serrated lock washer [160] Connection piece gasket
bearing
[16] Stator [90] Foot [117] Stud [161] Hex head screw
[19] Cap screw [93] Washer [118] Washer [219] Hex nut
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[21] Oil seal flange [94] Cap screw [119] Hex head screw [262] Connection terminal
[22] Hex head screw [100] Hex nut [123] Hex head screw [705] Canopy
[24] Eyebolt [103] Stud [128] Serrated lock washer [706] Spacer bolt
[25] Cap screw [105] Compression spring [129] Screw plug [707] Hex head screw
[26] Shield ring [106] Oil seal [131] Gasket for cover [715] Hex head screw
[30] Oil seal [107] Oil flinger [132] Terminal box cover [1453] Screw plug
[31] Key
[108] [109]
[24] [707]
[706]
[716]
[705] [715]
[30] [35]
[26] [25]
[22] [19] [40] [36]
[17] [42] [43]
[32]
[16] [94] [21] [44]
[93]
[15] [90] [1] [31]
[103] [609]
[7] [9] [608]
[11] [3]
[106] [250] [606] [604]
[105]
[107]
[2]
[100]
27021598116221579
[1] Rotor [32] Retaining ring [111] Gasket for lower part [156] Information sign
[2] Retaining ring [35] Fan guard [112] Terminal box lower part [219] Hex nut
[3] Key [36] Fan [113] Cap screw [250] Oil seal
[7] Flange [40] Retaining ring [115] Terminal board [452] Terminal strip
[9] Screw plug [42] B-side endshield [116] Serrated lock washer [454] Mounting rail
[11] Rolling bearing [43] Supporting ring [117] Stud [604] Lubrication ring
[15] Cap screw [44] Rolling bearing [118] Washer [606] Grease nipple
[16] Stator [90] Foot [119] Hex head screw [607] Grease nipple
[17] Hex nut [93] Washer [123] Hex head screw [608] Oil seal flange
[19] Cap screw [94] Cap screw [128] Serrated lock washer [609] Hex head screw
[21] Oil seal flange [100] Hex nut [129] Screw plug [633] End bracket
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[22] Hex head screw [103] Stud [131] Gasket for cover [634] End plate
[24] Eyebolt [105] Cup spring [132] Terminal box cover [705] Canopy
[25] Cap screw [106] Oil seal [134] Screw plug [706] Spacer bolt
[26] Shield ring [107] Oil flinger [139] Hex head screw [707] Hex head screw
[30] Oil seal [108] Nameplate [140] Washer [715] Hex nut
[31] Key [109] Grooved pin [151] Cap screw [716] Washer
3.6 Nameplate
The marks on the upper edge of the nameplate are only present when the motor has
been certified accordingly or when it includes the relevant components.
[1] DRE100M4/FF/TF
[2] 01.41027997602.0001.15 Inverter duty VPWM 3~IEC60034 [10]
[3] Hz 50 r/min 1425 V 230/400 Δ/Y
[4] kW 2.2 S1 A 8.0/4.6 eff% 85.4 IE2 [11]
[5] Cosφ 0.8 IP 55 [12]
[6] Th.Kl 155(F) [13]
[7] [14]
RF87 DRE100LC4BE5HF/TF/ES7S/Z/C
01.1808089014.0001.13 3~IEC60034
50 Hz rpm 1455/23 220-242Δ/380-420Y 54 TEFC
kW 3 S1 A 11.0/6.3 P.F. 0.81 eff % 86.3 IE2
kW 3 S1 A 9.2/5.3 P.F. 0.8 eff % 86.4 IE2
60 Hz rpm 1760/28 254-227Δ/440-480Y K.V.A.-Code L
Th.Kl. 130(B) S.F.1.0 M.L. 02 Design NEMA C IA/IN 7.5
Vbr 220-277AC
i 63.68 Nm 1250/1040 IM M1 Nm 40
CLP220 Miner.Oil/2.4l BGE1.5
kg 104.000 AMB C° -20...40 1885723DE Made in Germany
9007207468121227
3.6.3 Markings
The following table lists all marks that can occur on a nameplate or on the motor and
an explanation of what they mean.
Mark Meaning
CE mark to state compliance with European guidelines, such as the Low
Voltage Directive
CSA mark to confirm the Canadian Standard Association (CSA) and the
market conformity of AC motors
CSAe mark to confirm compliance with the Canadian efficiency limit values
for AC motors
21927189/EN – 07/2015
CCC logo to confirm the adherence to the Chinese regulation for small ap-
s
pliances
VIK mark to confirm the compliance with the directive of the German Asso-
ciation of Energy and Power Industry (V.I.K.)
Mark Meaning
FS mark with code number to identify functional safety relevant compon-
ents
02
013
Confirms compliance with the technical regulations of the country Ukraine.
EU REGULATION 640/2009 Motors with this mark may only be operated with frequency inverter (VSD =
IE2 USE WITH VARIABLE
SPEED DRIVE ONLY! Variable Speed Drive) according to regulation 640/2009.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
DRN132M4/BE11/HR/FI/TF
DR Series
N Type designation
132 Size
M Length
4 Number of poles
/BE11 Brake
/HR Manual brake release
FI Output option
TF Thermal motor protection
Designation
DRS.. Standard motor, Standard efficiency IE1
DRE.. Energy-efficient motor, High Efficiency IE2
DRP.. Energy-efficient motor, Premium Efficiency IE3
DRN.. Energy-efficient motor, Premium Efficiency IE3
DRL.. Asynchronous servomotor
DRK.. Single-phase operation with running capacitor
DRM.. Torque motor: AC motor for operation at speed n = 0
DR..J Line start permanent magnet motor
71 – 315 Sizes:
71 / 80 / 90 / 100 / 112 / 132 / 160 / 180 / 200 / 225 / 315
K, S, M, L, Lengths
MC, LC,
ME, H, LS
2, 4, 6, 8/2, 8/4, 4/2, 12 Number of poles
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Designation Option
/FI IEC foot-mounted motor
/F.A, /F.B Universal foot-mounted motor
/FG 7-series integral motor, as stand-alone motor
/FF IEC flange-mounted motor with bore holes
/FT IEC flange-mounted motor with threads
/FL General flange-mounted motor (other than IEC)
/FM 7-series integral motor with IEC feet
/FE IEC flange-mounted motor with bore and IEC feet
/FY IEC flange-mounted motor with threads and IEC feet
/FK General flange-mounted motor (deviating from IEC) with feet
/FC C-face flange-mounted motor, dimensions in inch
Designation Option
/BE.. Spring-loaded brake with specification of size
/HR Manual brake release of the brake, automatic re-engaging
function
/HF Manual brake release, lockable
/RS Backstop
/MSW MOVI‑SWITCH®
/MM03 – MM40 MOVIMOT®
/MO MOVIMOT® option(s)
/MI Motor identification module for MOVIMOT®
Designation Option
/TF Temperature sensor (PTC thermistor or PTC resistor)
/TH Thermostat (bimetallic switch)
/KY 1 KTY84 – 130 sensor
/PT 1 / 3 PT100 sensor(s)
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Designation Option
/ES7S /EG7S Add-on speed sensor with Sin/Cos interface
/EH7S /EV7S
/ES7R /EG7R Add-on speed sensor with TTL (RS-422) interface,
/EH7R V = 9 – 26 V
/EI7C /EI76 /EI72 Built-in incremental encoder with HTL interface and
/EI71 6 / 2 / 1 period(s)
/EI7C FS.. Safety-rated incremental encoder (marked with FS logo on the
motor nameplate)
For information, refer to the addendum to the operating instruc-
tions "Safety-Rated Encoders – DR..71 – 315, DRN80 315 AC
Motors – Functional Safety"
/AS7W /AG7W Add-on absolute encoder, RS-485 interface (multi-turn)
/AS7Y /AG7Y / Add-on absolute encoder, SSI interface (multi-turn)
AH7Y
/ES7A /EG7A Mounting adapter for speed sensors
/EV2T /EV2R Add-on incremental encoder with solid shaft
/EV2S /EV2C
/XV.A Mounting adapter for non-SEW speed sensors
/XV.. Mounted non-SEW speed sensor
/XH.. Mounting adapter for non-SEW hollow-shaft encoders
Designation Option
/IS Integrated plug connector
/ASE. HAN 10ES plug connector on terminal box with single locking
latch (cage clamp contacts on the motor side)
/ASB. HAN 10ES plug connector on terminal box with double locking
latch (cage clamp contacts on the motor side)
/ACE. HAN 10E plug connector on terminal box with single locking
latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ACB. HAN 10E plug connector on terminal box with double locking
latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/AME. /ABE. HAN Modular 10B plug connector on terminal box with single
/ADE. /AKE. locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/AMB. /ABB. HAN Modular 10B plug connector on terminal box with double
/ADB. /AKB. locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
21927189/EN – 07/2015
3.7.6 Ventilation
Designation Option
/V Forced cooling fan
/VH Radial fan on fan guard
/Z Additional inertia (flywheel fan)
/AL Metal fan
/U Non-ventilated (without fan)
/OL Non-ventilated (closed B-side)
/C Protection canopy for fan guard
/LF Air filter
/LN Low noise fan guard
3.7.7 Bearing
Designation Option
/NS Lubrication device
/ERF Reinforced bearings on A-side with roller bearing
/NIB Insulated bearing B-side
Designation Option
/DUB Diagnostic unit brake = brake monitoring
/DUE Diagnostic Unit Eddy Current = Function and wear monitoring
of the brake
Designation Option
/DH Condensation drain hole
/RI Reinforced winding insulation
/RI2 Reinforced winding insulation with increased resistance
against partial discharge
/2W Second shaft end on the motor/brakemotor
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
Observe the safety notes in chapter 2 of these operating instructions for the mechan-
ical installation.
If the nameplate of the drive bears the FS mark, also comply with the information on
mechanical installation in the associated addenda to the operating instructions and/or
the associated manual.
NOTICE
The mounting position for installation must correspond to the specifications on the
nameplate.
10
0,1
0 20 40 60 80
[ ˚C ]
173323019
WARNING
The motor shaft may be subject to torque when drying via isolation transformer.
Possible injury.
• DR.. motors with rotor designation "J" may be dried with warm air only.
[1]
2336250251
[1] Transformer
V2 W2 U2
T5 T6 T4
V4 W4 U4
T11 T12 T10
U1 V1 W1
T1 T2 T3
[2]
2343045259
W2 W3 U2 U3 V2 V3 [1]
T6 T9 T4 T7 T5 T8
U1 V1 W1
T1 T2 T3
[2]
2343047179
The drying process is finished when the minimum insulation resistance has been ex-
ceeded.
Check terminal box for the following:
• The inside is clean and dry
• The connections and fixing parts are free from corrosion
• The gasket and sealing surfaces are in good condition
• The cable glands are tight, otherwise clean or replace them
• Using an isolation transformer
– Connect the windings in series (see following figures)
– Auxiliary AC voltage supply max. 10% of the nominal voltage with max. 20% of
the rated current
21927189/EN – 07/2015
CAUTION
Sharp edges due to open keyway.
Minor injuries.
• Insert key in keyway.
• Pull protective sleeve over shaft.
NOTICE
Improper assembly may damage the drive and corresponding components.
Possible damage to property.
• Observe the following notes.
INFORMATION
DR..: To mount motors with a foot made of aluminum, you have to use washers with
at least twice the bolt diameter. Use bolts of strength class 8.8. Do not exceed the
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Lacking functionality of the manual brake release due to improper brake installation,
e.g. set screw inserted too far.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Only qualified staff may perform work on the brake.
• Check the brake for proper function prior to startup.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
177241867
4.8 Mounting the XV.. encoder mounting adapter for DR..71 – 225, DRN80 – 225
If you have ordered the XV.. encoder mounting adapter, the adapter and the coupling
are enclosed with the motor and are to be assembled by the customer.
The following figure shows how to assemble the coupling and the adapter:
[212]
[225]
[E] [D] [C] [B] [A]
[251] [232]
3633163787
1. If available, remove extended fan guard [361] or forced cooling fan guard [170].
2. For XV2A and XV4A: Remove intermediate flange [225].
3. Screw in the coupling [D] into the encoder bore of the motor shaft with the screw
[C].
21927189/EN – 07/2015
DR..71 – 132, DRN80 – 132S: Tighten the screw [C] with a tightening torque of
3 Nm.
DR..160 – 225, DRN132M – 225: Tighten the screw [C] with a tightening torque of
8 Nm.
4. Push the adapter [A] on the encoder [220] and tighten it with the retaining screw
[B] with a tightening torque of 3 Nm.
[22] [1496]
[1497]
[1498]
[1459] [1489]
[123]
[131]
[a]
[b]
[c]
[119]
[111]
7362206987
NPT
14949925387
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to seal the screw fitting with Teflon tape or Loctite®.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[16]
[90]
[1457]
18014406536422539
The tapped holes of the foot mounting surfaces are closed with set screws [1457]. The
contact surfaces at the feet [90] and stator [16] are painted.
1. Remove the set screws [1457]. Only remove the set screws from those threads into
which you will screw the foot screws [94]. For DR..250/280, DRN250/280, 4 set
screws, for DRN315, 6 set screws.
2. Remove the paint from the contact surfaces of the stator [16] (see marking in the
"Example illustration of DR..280" above). For DR..250/280. DRN250/280, there are
8 surfaces, for DRN315, 12 there are 12.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to use a chisel or flat scraper for this purpose.
Remove the paint only from those surfaces to which the feet will be mounted. Refer
to the illustration "Terminal box positions" below for selecting the contact surfaces.
A thin layer of corrosion protection agent can be applied to the contact surfaces
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9007211165643403
3. Remove the paint from the contact surfaces of the feet [90] (see marking in the
"Example illustration of DR..280" above). SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to use a
chisel or flat scraper for this purpose. A thin corrosion protection agent can be ap-
plied to the contact surfaces once the paint has been removed.
4. Attach the feet [90] to the motor using the screws [94] and washers [93]. The tight-
ening torque for the screws [94] must be 410 Nm. The screws are microencapsu-
lated. This is why you have to screw in and tighten the screws quickly.
5. If necessary, you can apply paint or corrosion protection at the joint after attaching
the feet [90].
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[16]
[90]
[93]
[94]
7741968395
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[1]
9007201960947467
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
The motor must only be operated with a suitably secured key.
Standard for DR..71 – 132, DRN80 – 132S, Standard for DR..160 – 225,
DR..250/280, DRN250/280 DRN132M – 225M
Optional for DR..160 – 225,
DRN132M – 225
[361]
EA
[4] [79]
L1
EA
DA
DA
[4] [83]
[1553]
[34] L3 L2
LB/LBS 1) X LB/LBS 1) L4
9007202774332939
Dimensions
Motor size DA EA L1 L2 L3 L4 X
DR.. DRN..
DR..71 – 11 23 2 – 2 – 91.5
DR..71 /BE – – – 88
DR..80 DRN..80 14 30 2 – 2 – 95.5
DR..80 /BE DRN..80 /BE – – 94.5
DR..90 DRN..90 14 30 2 – 2 – 88.5
DR..90 /BE DRN..90 /BE – – 81
DR..100 DRN..100 14 30 2 – 2 – 87.5
DR..100 /BE DRN..100 /BE – – 81
DR..112 – 132 DRN..112 – 132S 19 40 3.5 – 3.5 – 125
DR..112 – 132 /BE DRN..112 – 132S /BE – – 120.5
DR..160 DRN..132M/L 28 60 4 122 3.5 124 193
DR..160 /BE DRN..132M/L /BE 187
DR..180 DRN..160 – 180 38 80 4 122 3.5 122 233
DR..180 /BE DRN..160 – 180 /BE 236
DR..200 – 225 DRN..200 – 225 48 110 5 122 5 122 230
DR..200 – 225 /BE DRN..200 – 225 /BE 246
DR..250/280 DRN..250/280 55 110 3 – 3 – 243.5
DR..250/280 /BE DRN..250/280 /BE
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Disabling functional safety devices.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Only qualified personnel is allowed to carry out work on functional safety com-
ponents.
• Any work on functional safety components must be carried out strictly in accord-
ance with the specifications in the operating instructions at hand and the respect-
ive addendum to the operating instructions. Else, the right to claim under war-
ranty will become invalid.
WARNING
Risk of injury due to electric shock.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Observe the following notes.
U LL [kV]
[1]
2.0 [2]
[8] 1.8
[3]
1.6
[4]
1.4
[5]
1.2 [6]
1.0
0.8
0.6
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4
[7] [µs]
9007203235332235
[1] Permitted pulse voltage for DR.., DRN.. AC motors with reinforced insulation
and increased resistance against partial discharge (/RI2)
[2] Permitted pulse voltage for DR.., DRN.. AC motors with reinforced insulation (/
RI)
[3] Permitted pulse voltage according to NEMA MG1 part 31, VN ≤ 500 V
[4] Permitted pulse voltage according to IEC 60034-25, limit value curve A for nom-
inal voltage VN ≤ 500 V, star connection
[5] Permitted pulse voltage according to IEC 60034-25, limit value curve A for nom-
inal voltage VN ≤ 500 V, delta connection
[6] Permitted pulse voltage according to IEC 60034-17
[7] Voltage rise time
[8] Permitted pulse voltage
INFORMATION
Compliance with the following limit values must be checked and considered:
• The supply voltage level at the non-SEW inverter
• The threshold of the brake chopper voltage
• The operating mode of the motor (motoring/regenerative operation)
→ If the permitted pulse voltage is exceeded, you must install limiting measures,
such as filters, chokes or special motor cables. Consult the manufacturer of the
frequency inverter.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
All parts of the LF grounding kit are made from stainless steel.
[1]
8024328587
[1]
21927189/EN – 07/2015
8026938379
INFORMATION
All parts of the kit are made from stainless steel.
INFORMATION
For further information regarding the grounding, refer to the SEW publication "Drive
Engineering – Practical Implementation, EMC in Drive Engineering".
INFORMATION
If 2 or more ground straps are used, you have to attach them with a longer screw.
The specified tightening torques refer to a strap thickness of t ≤ 3 mm.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[5]
8026768011
[1] Use of the pre-cast bore at the [4] Ground strap (not included in the deliv-
stator housing ery)
[2] Serrated lock washer [5] Self-tapping screw DIN 7500 M6 × 16,
tightening torque 10 Nm
[3] Washer 7093
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[5]
8026773131
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[1] Use of the pre-cast bore at the [4] Ground strap (not included in the deliv-
stator housing ery)
[2] Serrated lock washer [5] Self-tapping screw DIN 7500 M6 × 16,
tightening torque 10 Nm
[3] Washer 7093
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[5]
18014402064551947
[1] Use of the pre-cast bore at the [4] Ground strap (not included in the deliv-
stator housing ery)
[2] Serrated lock washer [5] Self-tapping screw DIN 7500 M6 × 16,
[3] Washer 7093 tightening torque 10 Nm
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[5]
18014402064551947
[1] Use of tapped hole for lifting eyes [4] Ground strap (not included in the deliv-
ery)
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[2] Serrated lock washer DIN 6798 [5] Hex head screw ISO 4017 M8 × 18,
tightening torque 10 Nm
[3] Washer 7089 / 7090
[2]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[5]
9007202821668107
U U U
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
2454566155
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[1160]
[1659]
[131]
[277 / 1667]
[132]
[123]
11937647627
WARNING
Electric shock due to charged capacitor.
Severe or fatal injuries
• After disconnection from the power supply, wait 5 seconds before opening the
terminal box.
The DRK.. single-phase motor is delivered with one or two installed and connected
running capacitors. The data specified in the chapter Technical Data (→ 2 184) apply.
INFORMATION
If a running capacitor installed by SEW‑EURODRIVE must be replaced, only use ca-
pacitors with the same technical data.
INFORMATION
A full-load start using only the running capacitors is not possible.
Parts which are not supplied must be ordered from specialist retailers and must be
connected according to the corresponding instructions and wiring dia-
grams (→ 2 207).
Proceed as follows during connection:
• Remove terminal box cover [132]
• Remove adapter piece [1659] with the running capacitors [277]/[1667]
• Connection according to supplied wiring diagrams.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
It is essential to comply with the valid wiring diagram. Do not connect or start up the
motor if this wiring diagram is missing. The applicable wiring diagrams are available
from SEW‑EURODRIVE free of charge.
INFORMATION
The terminal box must be free from foreign objects, dirt and humidity. Unused cable
entry openings and the terminal box itself must be closed so they are dust and water-
proof.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[1]
[2]
[3]
U1
V1
)
(T1
W1
(T2
)
(T3 [4]
[5]
9007199493673739
Motor size DR..71 – 280, DRN80 – 280: Motor size DR../DRN250 – 315:
(Single-sided supply) (Double-sided supply)
[1] [6]
)
(T6
)
(T4
[1]
W2
)
U2
(T5
)
(T6
[2]
)
(T4
V2
W2
[3]
)
U2
(T5
U1
[2]
V1
V2
)
(T1
[3]
)
W1
(T2
[4]
U1
V1
)
(T3
)
(T1
W1
)
[4]
(T2
)
(T3
[5]
9007199493672075
[6]
9007199734852747
INFORMATION
For DR../DRN250 – 315 motors, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends a double-sided
supply for load currents higher than
• M12: 250 A
• M16: 315 A
3
/W
/U3
W2
U2
T6/T [2]
/V3
9
V2
T4/
T7
U1
T5/T
V1
8
T1 [3]
W1
T2
[4]
T3
[5]
[1]
W2
[2]
U2
T6
V2
T4
U3
V3
T5
U1
V1
[3]
W3
T1
T7
T2
W1
T8
T3
T9 [4]
[5]
INFORMATION
Three winding lead ends must be rewired to change from high to low voltage:
The lines designated U3 (T7), V3 (T8) and W3 (T9) must be reconnected.
• U3 (T7) from U2 (T4) to U1 (T1)
• V3 (T8) from V2 (T5 ) to V1 (T2)
• W3 (T9) from W2 (T6) to W1 (T3)
→ Changing from low to high voltage is carried out in reverse order. In both cases,
21927189/EN – 07/2015
the customer connection is made to U1 (T1), V1 (T2) and W1 (T3). You can
change the direction of rotation by interchanging 2 supply cables.
V3/T
8 W3
/T9
/T5
U3/T
7
V2
/T4
U2
1
/T1
V4
[1]
[2]
[3]
0
/T1
V1/T
U4
1 [6]
V1/T
2 W1
/T3
[4]
[5]
18014400828555147
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Motor size DR..71 – 280, DRN80 – 280: Motor size DR../DRN250 – 315:
(Single-sided supply) (Double-sided supply)
L2 [5]
L3
V3/T L1
8W
3/T9
V3/T
8W
/T5
U3/T 3/T9
7
V2
/T5
T1 U3/T
7
V2
T1
/T4
U2
/T4
1
U2
/T1
V4
1
/T1
[1]
V4
[2] [1]
/T1
0
[3] [2]
V1/T
U4
[6] [3]
0
1
/T1
V1/T V1/T
U4
2 W1 L1 1 [6]
/T3 [4] V1/T
2W
1/T3
[4]
L2
[5]
L3
[5]
18014400845874315
9007208157343883
INFORMATION
For DR../DRN250 – 315 motors, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends a double-sided
supply for load currents higher than
• M10: 160 A
21927189/EN – 07/2015
The designs in bold print apply to S1 operation for the standard voltages and standard
frequencies according to the data in the catalog. Other variants may have different
connections, for example, different terminal stud diameters and/or a different scope of
delivery.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[5]
[6]
27021597853089931
Variant 1b:
[2] [1]
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
18014398598346763
[1] External connection with ring cable lug, [4] Terminal link
according to DIN 46237 or DIN 46234,
for example
[2] Terminal stud [5] Terminal washer
[3] Flange nut [6] Winding connection with Stocko
terminal
Variant 2
[1] [2]
[3]
[5]
[6] [4]
[7]
9007199440180363
[6]
[7] [8]
9007199454382091
Variant 4
[5]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[2] [3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
9007200394347659
Variant 5
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[6]
1139608587
21927189/EN – 07/2015
1009070219
The lower part of the IS plug connector is completely wired at the factory including the
additional features such as brake rectifier. The IS plug connector top is included in the
delivery and must be connected according to the specifications in the wiring diagram.
WARNING
No grounding due to incorrect installation.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• It is essential to comply with the safety notes in chapter 2 during installation.
• Tighten the retaining screws of the IS plug connector properly with 2 Nm as
these screws also act as protective earth contacts.
The IS plug connector has CSA approval up to 600 V. Note for application according
to CSA regulations: Tighten the M3 clamping screws to a torque of 0.5 Nm. See the
following table for American Wire Gauge (AWG) cable cross sections.
9007200053347851
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9007200053349515
9007200053520139
For m operation:
On the m side of the variable terminal link as shown in the following figure: Com-
pletely remove two prongs horizontally.
9007200053518475
Wiring according to the R81 wiring diagram for W or m operation with double terminal assignment
• At terminal for double assignment:
– Connect the link cable
• When operation is as required:
– Insert the link cable in the variable terminal link
• Installing the variable terminal link
• At terminal for double assignment:
– Connect the motor lead above the variable terminal link
• Connect the other lines as shown in the wiring diagram
• Install the plug connector (see chapter Installing the connector (→ 2 74))
9007200053521803
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9007200053719819
Mounting position of the upper section of the plug connector in the housing cover
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9007200053526155
1009065611
The installed AB.., AD.., AM.., AK.., AC.. and AS plug connector systems are based
on the plug connector systems made by Harting.
• AB.., AD.., AM.., AK.. Han Modular®
• AC.., AS.. Han 10E / 10ES
The connectors are located at the side of the terminal box. They are locked either us-
ing two clamps or one clamp on the terminal box.
UL approval has been granted for the plug connectors.
The mating connector (sleeve housing) with socket contacts is not included in
the delivery.
The degree of protection is only applied when the mating connector is mounted and
locked.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
18014399506064139
21927189/EN – 07/2015
18014399506066059
9007200257397387
9007200257399307
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the hoist falls.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Comply with the applicable regulations issued by the relevant employer's liability
insurance association regarding phase failure protection and the associated cir-
cuit/circuit modification.
• Connect the brake according to the provided wiring diagram.
• In view of the DC voltage to be switched and the high level of current load, it is
essential to use either special brake contactors or AC contactors with contacts in
utilization category AC-3 according to EN 60947-4-1.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
BK [4]
BN2 [2]
BU2
5.15.3 Connecting the diagnostic unit /DUE option for function and wear monitoring
The /DUE diagnostic unit (Diagnostic Unit Eddy Current) is a contactless measuring
system for function and wear monitoring of the brake and the continuous measure-
ment of the current working air gap.
The measuring system consists of:
• Sensor, integrated in the magnet body of the brake
• Evaluation unit in the motor terminal box that is supplied via a DC 24 V voltage.
If the diagnostic unit /DUE was ordered, the function and wear monitoring is installed
and calibrated at the factory. The customer must connect the diagnostic unit, see wir-
ing diagram. The switching point of the wear monitoring is preset to the maximally per-
mitted value. According to the "code table", a reduced value can be set.
For the state of the evaluation unit, refer to chapter "Status display of the evaluation
unit".
For information on retrofitting the diagnostic unit /DUE, refer to chapter "Retrofitting
the diagnostic unit /DUE for function and wear monitoring".
11k
0k
DC 24V
1
[6] 9k
GND
8k
AGND 7k
6k
INF
ZERO
5k
WEAR1
4k
FCT1
OUT1
6s
5s
B1
4s
GND1
A1
[5]
09
11 956
2
[2]
0
-1 K-0
E
DU
[4]
[3]
14950549515
5.16 Options
Connect the optional equipment as shown in the wiring connection diagrams provided
with the motor. Do not connect any optional equipment if the wiring diagram is
missing. You can obtain the valid wiring diagrams free of charge from
SEW‑EURODRIVE.
NOTICE
Destruction of the temperature sensor due to overheating if the voltage is too high.
The drive system might be damaged.
• Do not apply voltages > 30 V to the TF temperature sensor.
INFORMATION
The temperature sensor TF may not be subjected to voltages > 30 V.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
4000
1330
550
250
[T]
-20°C
TNF - 20 K
TNF - 5 K
TNF + 5 K
TNF + 15 K
TNF
5470153483
VAC VDC
Voltage V in V 250 60 24
Current (cos ϕ = 1.0) in A 2.5 1.0 1.6
Current (cos ϕ = 0.6) in A 1.6
Contact resistance max. 1 Ω at DC 5 V / 1 mA
21927189/EN – 07/2015
NOTICE
Excessive self-heating of the temperature sensor can damage the insulation of the
temperature sensor as well as the motor winding.
The drive system might be damaged.
• Avoid currents > 4 mA in the circuit of the KTY.
• Observe the correct connection of KTY to ensure correct evaluation of the tem-
perature sensor. Ensure correct polarity.
The characteristic curve in the following figure shows the resistance curve subject to
the motor temperature with a measuring current of 2 mA and correct pole connection.
3000
2500
2000
R [Ω] 1500
1000
500
0
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 -250 300 350
T [°C]
1140975115
NOTICE
Excessive self-heating of the temperature sensor can damage the insulation of the
temperature sensor as well as the motor winding.
The drive system might be damaged.
• Avoid currents > 4 mA in the circuit of the PT100.
• Observe the correct connection of PT100 to ensure correct evaluation of the tem-
perature sensor. Ensure correct polarity.
The characteristic curve in the following figure shows the resistance curve subject to
the motor temperature.
300
250
200
R [Ω] 150
100
50
0
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250
T [°C]
1145838347
INFORMATION
For information on how to connect the V forced cooling fan, refer to the wiring dia-
gram (→ 2 205).
76
101 38
111
576533259
EG7C DR..160 – 280 Incremental Shaft- 4.5 – 30 HTL / TTL (RS422) 68179 xx08
DRN132M – 280 centered
AG7Y DR..160 – 280 Absolute Shaft- 7 – 30 1 Vss sin/cos + SSI 68182xx07
DRN132M – 280 value centered
INFORMATION
• Maximum oscillation load for encoders ≤ 10 g ≈ 100 m/s2 (10 Hz to 2 kHz)
• Shock resistance = 100 g ≈ 1000 m/s2 for DR..71 – 132, DRN80 – 132S motors
• Shock resistance = 200 g ≈ 2000 m/s2 for DR..160 – 315, DRN132M – 315 motors
INFORMATION
For information on how to connect the built-in encoder, refer to the wiring diagram.
• Observe chapter "Wiring diagrams" for connection via terminal strip.
• Observe the enclosed wiring diagram for connection via M12 connectors.
LED H1 green
Frequency Status/configuration
LED off Encoder without voltage or faulty
0.6 Hz EI71 (1 period per revolution)
1.2 Hz EI71 (2 periods per revolution)
3 Hz EI76 (6 periods per revolution)
15 Hz EI7C (24 periods per revolution)
LED lit continuously Encoder defective
The red LED is lit when the encoder detects an error.
LED H1 red
Blinking code Meaning
10 s with 1 Hz and 2 s continu- No valid number of periods can be set
ous
Other Output driver signals a fault (e.g. short circuit or
overtemperature)
The H2 LED display gives visual feedback on the signal track status.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
• Observe the safety notes in chapter 2 during installation.
• In case of problems, refer to the chapter "Malfunctions" (→ 2 185).
If the motor includes safety-relevant components, observe the following safety note:
WARNING
Disabling functional safety devices.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Only qualified personnel is allowed to carry out work on functional safety com-
ponents.
• Any work on functional safety components must be carried out strictly in accord-
ance with the specifications in the operating instructions at hand and the respect-
ive addendum to the operating instructions. Else, the right to claim under war-
ranty will become invalid.
WARNING
Risk of injury due to electric shock.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Observe the following notes.
• Use switch contacts in utilization category AC-3 according to EN 60947-4-1 for
switching the motor.
• When motors are powered by inverters, you must adhere to the wiring instruc-
tions issued by the inverter manufacturer.
• Observe the operating instructions of the inverter.
CAUTION
The surfaces of the drive can be very hot during operation.
Risk of burns.
• Let the motor cool down before you start your work.
NOTICE
The specified maximum limit torque (Mpk) and the maximum current (Imax) may not be
exceeded, not even for acceleration.
Possible damage to property.
• Limit the maximum current at the inverter.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
Limit the maximum speed at the inverter. For information on the procedure, refer to
the documentation of the inverter.
INFORMATION
When using the DR..250/280, DRN250/280 AC motor with the BE brake and an en-
coder, note the following:
• The brake must be used as a holding brake only.
• The brake may only be applied when the speed is ≤ 20 1/min. For higher speeds,
please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
• Emergency stops from a higher motor speed are allowed.
NOTICE
Bearings might be damaged due to missing overhung load.
The drive system might be damaged.
• Do not operate cylindrical roller bearings without overhung load.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9007200397599243
[35] Fan guard [44] Deep grooved ball bearing [77] Screw
[36] Fan [48] Spacing ring [78] Label
[37] Sealing ring [62] Retaining ring [190] Felt ring
[41] Cup spring [74] Sprag ring, complete [392] Gasket
[42] Backstop endshield [75] Sealing flange
9007200397597323
[35] Fan guard [62] Retaining ring [702] Backstop housing, complete
[36] Fan [74] Sprag ring, complete [703] Cap screw
[37] Sealing ring [78] Label
[48] Spacing ring [190] Felt ring
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Before starting work, isolate the motor and, if installed, the forced cooling fan
from the power supply.
• Safeguard against accidental startup.
• Carefully observe the following steps!
DR.. motor type 71 80 90/100 112/132 160 180 200/225 250/280 315
Motor type DRN.. – 80 90/100 112/132S 132M/L 160/180 200/225 250/280 315
Amount of grease 9 11 15 20 30 45 80 80 120
in g
The tolerance regarding the grease level is ± 30%.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
7 Inspection/maintenance
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the hoist falls or in the event of uncontrolled unit behavior.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Secure or lower hoist drives (danger of falling)
• Safeguard and/or protect the driven machine against touching
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Only use genuine spare parts in accordance with the valid spare parts list.
• Always install a new brake control system at the same time as replacing the
brake coil.
If the motor includes safety-relevant components, observe the following safety note:
WARNING
Disabling functional safety devices.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Only qualified personnel is allowed to carry out work on functional safety com-
ponents.
• Any work on functional safety components must be carried out by strictly ob-
serving the specifications in the operating instructions at hand and the respective
addendum to the operating instructions. Else, the right to claim under warranty
will become invalid.
CAUTION
The surfaces of the drive can be very hot during operation.
Risk of burns.
• Let the motor cool down before you start your work.
NOTICE
Damage to the oil seals if the temperatures is too low during installation.
Possible damage to the oil seals.
• For assembly, the ambient temperature and the oil seals themselves may not be
colder than 0 °C.
INFORMATION
Apply grease with a grease depot (Klüber Petamo GHY133N) to the lip of the oil seal
21927189/EN – 07/2015
before assembly.
INFORMATION
Friction disks in the brakemotor may only be replaced by SEW‑EURODRIVE service
staff.
If you open the motor during inspection/maintenance, you have to clean it before you
close it.
7.2.2 Bearing lubrication DR..250 – 315, DRN250 – 315 with relubrication device /NS
Motors of sizes 250, 280, and 315 can be equipped with a relubrication device. The
following figure shows the positions of the lubrication devices.
375353099
Relubrication
You can purchase the lubricants in 400 g cartridges from SEW‑EURODRIVE. Refer to
chapter Order information for lubricants and anti-corrosion agents (→ 2 176) for order
information.
INFORMATION
Only mix lubricants of the same thickness type, the same base oil and the same con-
sistency (NLGI class)!
Grease the motor bearings in accordance with the information on the lubricant plate.
The used grease collects inside the motor and should be removed every 6 to 8 re-
lubrication cycles during an inspection. Each time you relubricate, ensure that the
bearing is two-thirds full.
After relubricating the motors, you should startup slowly, if possible, so that the grease
21927189/EN – 07/2015
is distributed evenly.
Re-lubrication period
The table below lists the bearing relubrication intervals for the following conditions:
• Ambient temperature -20 °C to +40 °C
• Rated speed that corresponds to that of a 4-pole AC motor
• normal load
At greater speeds, higher loads or higher ambient temperatures, the re-lubrication in-
tervals are shorter. Use 1.5 times the quantity for the initial filling.
NOTICE
Bearings might be damaged due to missing overhung load.
The drive system might be damaged.
• Do not operate cylindrical roller bearings without overhung load.
The reinforced bearings are only offered with the /NS (relubrication) option so as to fa-
cilitate optimal lubrication of the bearing. Observe the notes on bearing lubrication in
chapter Bearing lubrication DR..250 – 315, DRN250 – 315 with relubrication device /
NS (→ 2 101).
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Before starting work, isolate the motor, brake, and if installed, the forced cooling
fan from the power supply.
• Safeguard against accidental startup.
[35]
[34] [361]
3475618443
5. Carefully remove the expansion anchor of the torque bracket [362] from the cover
grid and the encoder form the rotor.
Re-assembly
Proceed as follows to re-assemble the encoder:
1. Tighten the central retaining screw [367] with a tightening torque of 2.9 Nm.
2. Tighten the screw [733] in the expansion anchor with a tightening torque of max.
2.0 Nm.
3. Assemble the encoder cover [619] and tighten the screws [A] with a tightening
torque of 2 Nm.
4. Install the extended fan guard [361] with the screws [34].
[361]
[367]
[34]
9007201646566283
guard [170].
3. Loosen the screws [232] and [936] and remove the torque bracket [935].
4. Loosen the retaining screw [220] on the encoder and remove the encoder from the
rotor [1].
7.5.3 Removing the rotary encoder from a DR..160 – 225, DRN132M – 315 motor with /V forced
cooling fan option
The following figure illustrates the disassembly procedure using the EG7. rotary en-
coder as an example:
[934]
[A]
[935]
[232]
[936]
[269]
[170]
[22]
[1]
7715961995
2. Remove the cable grommet [269] with encoder cable from the forced cooling fan
guard [170].
3. Loosen the screws [232] and [936] and remove the torque bracket [935].
4. Loosen the retaining screw [220] on the encoder and remove the encoder from the
rotor [1].
Re-assembly
1. Place the encoder onto the rotor [1] and attach it with the central retaining screw of
the encoder [A]. The tightening torque must be 8 Nm.
2. Place the torque bracket [935] on the spacing bushings [934] and tighten the
screws [936] with 11 Nm.
3. Attach the torque bracket of the encoder [A] to the torque bracket [935] using the
screws [232]. The tightening torque must be 6 Nm.
4. Pull the cable of the encoder [220] through the cable grommet [269]. Insert the
cable grommet [269] into the forced cooling fan guard [170].
5. Mount the forced cooling fan guard [170] and tighten the screws [22] with 28 Nm.
AH7.
2. Separate the encoder [220] from the fan guard by loosening the nut [734].
3. Loosen the retaining screw [367] on the encoder and remove the encoder [220]
from the rotor [1].
Re-assembly
1. Mount fan guard [35].
2. Push the encoder [220] on the shaft and fasten it with the retaining screw [367] ap-
plying a tightening torque according to the following table:
7.5.5 Mounting/removing the rotary encoder with XV.. mounting adapter for DR..71 – 225,
DRN80 – 225
The following figure illustrates the disassembly procedure using a non-SEW encoder
as an example:
9007202887906699
Re-assembly
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[22] [1496]
[1497]
[1498]
[1459] [1489]
5. Loosen the encoder mounting adapter [A] with screw [1458] in the encoder bore of
the rotor and remove it.
If the encoder mounting adapter cannot easily be removed: Screw in an M6 set
screw with 20 – 35 mm length into the rotor bore (bore for screw [1458]) and
tighten it finger-tight. Screw in a set screw M8 with > 10 mm length or a screw M8
with min. 80 mm length into the same bore and push out the encoder mounting ad-
apter [A] from the rotor [1]. Then remove the set screw M6 from the rotor again.
Re-assembly
1. Proceed according to chapter "Connecting EV../AV.. encoder mounting adapter to
DR..250 – 280, DRN250 – 280 motors (→ 2 36)" to mount the encoder.
INFORMATION
When re-installing the fan guard [35], make sure that the torque is supported:
The damping elements [1486] on both sides of the encoder mounting adapter [A]
must engage with the ventilation grid (see figure below). The torque plate [935] must
protrude from the grid to the left and to the right of the damping element.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9007207498780299
[935]
[1463]
[1458]
[233]
[225]
7715965835
screw M6 with 20 – 35 mm length into the rotor bore (bore for screw [1458])
and tighten it finger-tight. Screw in a set screw M8 with > 10 mm length or a
screw M8 with min. 80 mm length into the same bore and push out the encoder
mounting adapter [A] from the rotor [1]. Then remove the set screw M6 from the
rotor again.
Re-assembly
1. Proceed as described in chapter "Installing the EV.A / AV.A encoder mounting ad-
apter on DR..250 – 280, DRN250 – 280 motors" (→ 2 36) to mount the encoder.
7.5.8 Installing/removing hollow shaft encoders from/to XH.. mounting adapter of DR..71 – 225,
DRN80 – 225
The following figure illustrates the disassembly procedure using a non-SEW encoder
as an example:
Encoder mounting via XH1A mounting adapter Encoder mounting via XH7A and XH8A mounting adapter
[269] [361] / [170]
[E] [F]
[91]
[93] [93]
[90] [90]
13369217931
[1] Rotor [30] Oil seal [106] Oil seal [123] Hex head screw
[2] Retaining ring [32] Retaining ring [107] Oil flinger [129] Screw plug with O-ring
[3] Key [35] Fan guard [108] Nameplate [131] Gasket for cover
[7] Flanged endshield [36] Fan [109] Grooved pin [132] Terminal box cover
[9] Screw plug [41] Shim washer [111] Gasket for lower part [134] Screw plug with O-ring
[10] Retaining ring [42] B-side endshield [112] Terminal box lower part [156] Information sign
[11] Deep groove ball bear- [44] Deep groove ball bear- [113] Pan head screw [262] Connection terminal,
ing ing complete
[12] Retaining ring [90] Bed plate [115] Terminal board [392] Gasket
[13] Cap screw [91] Hex nut [116] Terminal yoke [705] Canopy
[16] Stator [93] Pan head screw [117] Hex head screw [706] Spacer
[22] Hex head screw [100] Hex nut [118] Lock washer [707] Pan head screw
[24] Eyebolt [103] Stud [119] Pan head screw
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[12]
[9]
[7]
[106] [707]
[705]
[107] [706]
[35]
[715]
[30]
[19]
[41] [42] [22]
[17]
[91]
[90] [32]
[100]
[103] [94] [93]
[15] [16] [44]
[36]
[14] [31]
[3] [1]
[11] [2]
[104]
[10]
18014399036804619
[1] Rotor [31] Key [108] Nameplate [132] Terminal box cover
[2] Retaining ring [32] Retaining ring [109] Grooved pin [134] Screw plug with O-ring
[3] Key [35] Fan guard [111] Gasket for lower part [137] Screw
[7] Flange [36] Fan [112] Terminal box lower part [139] Hex head screw
[9] Screw plug [41] Cup spring [113] Screw [140] Washer
[10] Retaining ring [42] Rear endshield [115] Terminal board [156] Information label
[11] Deep groove ball bearing [44] Deep groove ball [116] Serrated lock washer [219] Hex nut
bearing
[12] Retaining ring [90] Foot [117] Stud [262] Connection terminal
[14] Washer [91] Hex nut [118] Washer [390] O-ring
[15] Hex head screw [93] Washer [119] Cap screw [616] Retaining plate
[16] Stator [94] Cap screw [123] Hex head screw [705] Canopy
[17] Hex nut [100] Hex nut [128] Serrated lock washer [706] Spacer
[19] Cap screw [103] Stud [129] Screw plug with O-ring [707] Hex head screw
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[22] Hex head screw [104] Supporting ring [131] Gasket for cover [715] Hex head screw
[24] Eyebolt [106] Oil seal
[30] Sealing ring [107] Oil flinger
[3]
[11]
[2]
9007200332597387
[1] Rotor [31] Key [107] Oil flinger [132] Terminal box cover
[2] Retaining ring [32] Retaining ring [108] Nameplate [134] Screw plug
[3] Key [35] Fan guard [109] Grooved pin [137] Screw
[7] Flange [36] Fan [111] Gasket for lower part [139] Hex head screw
[9] Screw plug [40] Retaining ring [112] Terminal box lower part [140] Washer
[11] Deep groove ball bearing [42] Rear endshield [113] Cap screw [156] Information label
[15] Hex head screw [43] Supporting ring [115] Terminal board [219] Hex nut
[16] Stator [44] Deep groove ball [116] Serrated lock washer [262] Connection terminal
bearing
[19] Cap screw [90] Foot [117] Stud [390] O-ring
[21] Oil seal flange [93] Washer [118] Washer [616] Retaining plate
[22] Hex head screw [94] Cap screw [119] Cap screw [705] Canopy
[24] Eyebolt [100] Hex nut [123] Hex head screw [706] Spacer bolt
[25] Cap screw [103] Stud [128] Serrated lock washer [707] Hex head screw
[26] Shield ring [105] Cup spring [129] Screw plug [715] Hex head screw
[30] Oil seal [106] Oil seal [131] Gasket for cover
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[118]
[123]
[116]
[132]
[117]
[131]
[119]
[112]
[139]
[140]
[111] [128]
[159]
[160]
[161] [19]
[115]
[113] [129] [134] [22]
[24] [1453]
[105]
[9]
[7]
[106]
[107]
[707]
[705]
[706]
[715]
[35] [32]
[26] [25] [40]
[36]
[30]
[42] [43]
[109] [44]
[108] [21]
[94] [31]
[93]
[90] [1]
[15]
[16] [3]
[100]
[103] [11]
[2]
9007206690410123
[1] Rotor [32] Retaining ring [108] Nameplate [134] Screw plug
[2] Retaining ring [35] Fan guard [109] Grooved pin [137] Screw
[3] Key [36] Fan [111] Gasket for lower part [139] Hex head screw
[7] Flange [40] Retaining ring [112] Terminal box lower part [140] Washer
[9] Screw plug [42] B-side endshield [113] Cap screw [156] Information sign
[11] Deep groove ball [43] Supporting ring [115] Terminal board [159] Connection piece
bearing
[15] Cap screw [44] Deep groove ball [116] Serrated lock washer [160] Connection piece gasket
bearing
[16] Stator [90] Foot [117] Stud [161] Hex head screw
[19] Cap screw [93] Washer [118] Washer [219] Hex nut
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[21] Oil seal flange [94] Cap screw [119] Hex head screw [262] Connection terminal
[22] Hex head screw [100] Hex nut [123] Hex head screw [705] Canopy
[24] Eyebolt [103] Stud [128] Serrated lock washer [706] Spacer bolt
[25] Cap screw [105] Compression spring [129] Screw plug [707] Hex head screw
[26] Shield ring [106] Oil seal [131] Gasket for cover [715] Hex head screw
[30] Oil seal [107] Oil flinger [132] Terminal box cover [1453] Screw plug
[31] Key
[108] [109]
[24] [707]
[706]
[716]
[705] [715]
[30] [35]
[26] [25]
[22] [19] [40] [36]
[17] [42] [43]
[32]
[16] [94] [21] [44]
[93]
[15] [90] [1] [31]
[103] [609]
[7] [9] [608]
[11] [3]
[106] [250] [606] [604]
[105]
[107]
[2]
[100]
27021598116221579
[1] Rotor [32] Retaining ring [111] Gasket for lower part [156] Information sign
[2] Retaining ring [35] Fan guard [112] Terminal box lower part [219] Hex nut
[3] Key [36] Fan [113] Cap screw [250] Oil seal
[7] Flange [40] Retaining ring [115] Terminal board [452] Terminal strip
[9] Screw plug [42] B-side endshield [116] Serrated lock washer [454] Mounting rail
[11] Rolling bearing [43] Supporting ring [117] Stud [604] Lubrication ring
[15] Cap screw [44] Rolling bearing [118] Washer [606] Grease nipple
[16] Stator [90] Foot [119] Hex head screw [607] Grease nipple
[17] Hex nut [93] Washer [123] Hex head screw [608] Oil seal flange
[19] Cap screw [94] Cap screw [128] Serrated lock washer [609] Hex head screw
[21] Oil seal flange [100] Hex nut [129] Screw plug [633] End bracket
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[22] Hex head screw [103] Stud [131] Gasket for cover [634] End plate
[24] Eyebolt [105] Cup spring [132] Terminal box cover [705] Canopy
[25] Cap screw [106] Oil seal [134] Screw plug [706] Spacer bolt
[26] Shield ring [107] Oil flinger [139] Hex head screw [707] Hex head screw
[30] Oil seal [108] Nameplate [140] Washer [715] Hex nut
[31] Key [109] Grooved pin [151] Cap screw [716] Washer
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power supply be-
fore starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
[718]
[49]
[68]
[70]
[71]
[1]
[35]
[22]
[62]
[51]
[53]
[95]
[61]
[54]
[65]
[67]
[60]
[36]
[58]
[57]
[56]
[59]
[50]
9007199428941963
[1] Motor with brake endshield [54] Magnet body, complete [67] Counter spring
[22] Hex head screw [56] Stud [68] Brake disk
[35] Fan guard [57] Conical spring [62] Retaining ring
[36] Fan [58] Adjusting nut [70] Driver
[49] Pressure plate [59] Parallel pin [71] Key
[50] Brake spring [60] Stud 3x [95] Sealing ring
[11] Complete magnet body [61] Hex nut [718] Damping plate
[51] Hand lever [65] Pressure ring
[53] Releasing lever [66] Sealing strip
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[22]
[36]
[51]
[53]
[95]
[550]
[900]
[62]
[70]
[901]
[71]
[62]
[1] [58]
[57]
[56]
[59]
9007199434722955
[1] Motor with brake endshield [53] Releasing lever [70] Driver
[22] Hex head screw [56] Stud [71] Key
[32] Retaining ring [57] Conical spring [95] Sealing ring
[35] Fan guard [58] Adjusting nut [550] Pre-assembled brake
[36] Fan [59] Parallel pin [900] Screw
[51] Hand lever [62] Retaining ring [901] Gasket
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[35]
[51]
[36]
[53]
[47]
[95]
[550]
[900]
[62]
[70]
[31]
[901]
[71]
[32] [22]
[1] [58]
[57]
[56]
[698]
9007199781964683
[1] Motor with brake endshield [51] Hand lever [70] Driver
[22] Hex head screw [53] Releasing lever [71] Key
[31] Key [55] Closing piece [95] Sealing ring
[32] Retaining ring [56] Stud [550] Pre-assembled brake
[35] Fan guard [57] Conical spring [698] Connector complete (only for BE20 –
BE122)
[36] Fan [58] Adjusting nut [900] Screw
[47] O-ring [62] Retaining ring [901] O-ring
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[1]
[55]
[35]
[22]
BE122
BE120
[1] Motor with brake endshield [53] Releasing lever [71] Key
[22] Hex head screw [55] Closing piece [255] Conical seat
[31] Key [56] Stud [256] Spherical washer
[32] Retaining ring [57] Conical spring [550] Pre-assembled brake
[35] Fan guard [58] Adjusting nut [900] Screw
[36] Fan [62] Retaining ring [901] Gasket
[37] V-ring [64] Set screw
[47] O-ring [70] Driver
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
6. Push the brake off the stator and carefully lift it off.
7. Pull the stator back by about 3 to 4 cm.
8. Visual inspection: Are there traces of gear oil or moisture inside the stator?
• If not, proceed with step 11.
• If there is moisture, proceed with step 9.
• If there is gear oil, have the motor repaired by a specialist workshop
9. If there is moisture inside the stator:
• With gearmotors: Remove the motor from the gear unit
• With motors without a gear unit: Remove A-flange
• Remove the rotor [1]
10. Clean the winding, dry it and check it electrically (see chapter "Drying the mo-
tor" (→ 2 28)).
11. Replace the rolling bearing [11], [44] with permitted rolling bearing types.
See chapter "Permitted rolling bearing types" (→ 2 174).
12. DR..250 – 280, DRN250 – 280 with /ERF or /NS option or DR../DRN315
• Fill the rolling bearing with grease until it is two thirds full. See chapter "Bearing
lubrication" (→ 2 101).
• Note: Place the oil seal flange [608] and [21] onto the rotor shaft before in-
stalling the bearings.
• Starting on the A-side, mount the motor vertically.
• Place the springs [105] and lubrication ring [604] into the bearing bore of the
flange [7].
• Hang the rotor [1] onto the B-side thread, and guide into the flange [7].
• Fasten the oil seal flange [608] to the flange [7] using the hex head bolts [609].
• Screw in the stator [16] and flange [7] with screws [15].
Note: Protect the winding overhang from damage.
• Before mounting the B-side endshield, screw in the M8 set screw approxim-
ately 200 mm into the oil seal flange [21].
• Before mounting the B-side endshield [42], feed the set screw in through a bore
for the screw [25]. Screw B-side endshield to stator [16] using cap screws [19]
and hex nuts [17]. Lift the oil seal flange [21] with the set screw, and fasten us-
ing 2 screws [25]. Remove the set screw and screw in the remaining screws
[25].
• Renew oil seals
– A-side: Replace oil seals [106], for gearmotors replace the oil flinger [107] and
oil seal [250].
With gearmotors, fill about two-thirds of the space between the two oil seals
with suitable grease. See chapter Order information for lubricants and anti-cor-
21927189/EN – 07/2015
rosion agents (→ 2 176).
– B-side: Insert the oil seal [30], and coat the sealing lip with the same grease.
13. Reseal the shaft:
• A-side: Replace the oil seal [106]
• B-side: Replace the oil seal [30]
18014399037859723
18014398683684619
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9007200415803275
[28]
[50]/[276]
[68b] [49]
[69b]
[51]
[68] [67]
[702] [69]
[66]
[61]
[60]
[54]
18014399663204747
[50] Brake spring (normal) [66] Sealing strip [718] Friction disk
[51] Brake plate [67] Setting sleeve
[54] Magnet body [68] Brake disk
7.7.10 Basic structure of BE60 – BE122 brakes (DR..250 – 315, DRN250 – 315)
[733]
[732]
[28]
[50/276]
[49]
[67]
[68b]
[69b]
[52b]
[68]
[69]
[702]
[66]
[61]
[60]
[54]
18014398863076107
[28] Closing cap [61] Hex nut [69b] Circular spring (BE122 only)
[49] Pressure plate [66] Sealing strip [276] Brake spring
[50] Brake spring [67] Counter spring [702] Friction disk
[52b] Brake plate (BE122 only) [68] Brake disk [732] Cover plate
[54] Magnet body, complete [68b] Brake disk (BE12 only) [733] Screw
[60] Stud 3x [69] Circular spring
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
1
12
0°
21927189/EN – 07/2015
0°
12
3 2
120°
18014398689460619
• BE050 – 20: Tighten the hex nuts [61] until the working air gap is set correctly,
see chapter "Technical data".
• BE30 – 62: Tighten the hex nuts [61] until the working air gap is 0.25 mm.
• BE120 – 122: Tighten the hex nuts [61] until the working air gap is 0.30 mm.
• If you are mounting the BE32 in a vertical position, set the 3 springs of
the brake plate to the following dimension:
Mounting position X in mm
Brake at the top 7.3
Brake at the bottom 7.3
• If you are mounting the BE62 – 122 brakes in a vertical position, set the 3
springs on the brake plate to the following position:
Mounting position X in mm
Brake at the top 10.0
Brake at the bottom 10.0
[49]
[68b]
[52b]
X [68]
[900] X
18014398965440139
7. BE30 – 122: Screw the setting sleeves [67] to the magnet body until the working
air gap is correctly set, see chapter "Technical data (→ 2 159)".
8. Install the sealing strip back in place and re-install the dismantled parts.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
INFORMATION
• The brake of DR..71 – 80, DRN80 motor sizes cannot be removed from the motor
because the BE brake is directly installed on the brake endshield of the motor.
• The brake of DR..90 – 315, DRN90 – 315 motor sizes can be removed from the
motor for replacing the brake disk because the BE brake is pre-installed on the
brake endshield of the motor with a friction disk.
BE32, BE62, BE122: Remove pressure plate [49], brake disks [68] and [68b]
7. Clean the brake components.
8. Install new brake disk(s).
9. Brake parts are installed as described in chapter Inspection steps for DR..71 –
315, DRN80 – 315 brakemotors (→ 2 125).
• Except for the fan and the fan guard, because the working air gap has to be set
first, see chapter "Setting the working air gap of BE05 – BE122
brakes (→ 2 131)".
10. In case of manual brake release: Use the setting nuts to adjust the floating clear-
ance "s" between the conical coil springs (pressed flat) and the setting nuts (see
following figure).
WARNING
No braking due to incorrectly set floating clearance "s".
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Set the floating clearance "s" correctly according to the following figure and table
so that the pressure plate can move up as the brake lining wears.
177241867
INFORMATION
• The lockable manual brake release (type HF) is already released when resistance
is encountered as the set screw is turned.
• The self-reengaging manual brake release (type HR) can be operated with normal
hand pressure.
• In brakemotors with self-reengaging manual brake release, the manual brake re-
lease lever must be removed after startup/maintenance! A bracket is provided for
storing the lever on the outside of the motor.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
After replacing the brake disk, the maximum braking torque will be reached after sev-
eral cycles.
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
WARNING
No braking due to incorrectly set floating clearance "s".
Severe or fatal injuries.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
• Set the floating clearance "s" correctly according to the following figure and table
so that the pressure plate can move up as the brake lining wears.
177241867
INFORMATION
Replace setting nuts [58] and hex nuts [61] if the removal procedure is repeated.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
WARNING
No braking due to incorrectly set floating clearance "s".
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Set the floating clearance "s" correctly according to the following figure and table
21927189/EN – 07/2015
so that the pressure plate can move up as the brake lining wears.
177241867
INFORMATION
Replace setting nuts [58] and hex nuts [61] if the removal procedure is repeated.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the following steps!
WARNING
No braking due to incorrectly set floating clearance "s."
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Set the floating clearance "s" correctly according to the following figure and table
so that the pressure plate can move up as the brake lining wears.
s
21927189/EN – 07/2015
177241867
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
WARNING
No braking due to incorrectly set floating clearance "s".
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Set the floating clearance "s" correctly according to the following figure and table
so that the pressure plate can move up as the brake lining wears.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
177241867
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor, brake, and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power sup-
ply before starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the following steps!
WARNING
No braking due to incorrectly set floating clearance "s."
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Set the floating clearance "s" correctly according to the following figure and table
so that the pressure plate can move up as the brake lining wears.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
177241867
[379]
[945]
[112]
[946]
[561]
[560]
[66] [49]
[556]
[49] Pressure plate for DUB [556] Angle bracket [561] Stud
[66] Sealing strip for DUB [557] Stud [562] Washer
[112] Terminal box lower part [558] Hex head screw [945] Countersunk screw
[379] Screw fitting [559] Pan head screw [946] Mounting plate complete
[555] Microswitch [560] Hex head screw
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[379]
[112]
[66] [49]
[562] [558]
[556]
[49] Pressure plate for /DUB [556] Mounting bracket [561] Stud
[66] Sealing strip for /DUB [557] Pin [562] Washer
[112] Terminal box lower part [558] Hex head screw
[379] Screw fitting [559] Pan head screw
[555] Microswitch [560] Hex head screw
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power supply be-
fore starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
1. Check working air gap according to chapter "Setting the working air gap of BE05 –
BE122 brakes (→ 2 131)" and adjust it if necessary.
2. Screw the hex head screw [560] against the actuator of the microswitch [555] until
it trips (brown, blue contacts closed).
While screwing, install hex nut [561] to eliminate the longitudinal play from the
thread.
3. Turn hex head screw [560] back until microswitch [555] switches back (contacts
brown-blue open).
4. To ensure operational reliability, turn hex head screw [560] further back by one-
sixth of a revolution (0.1 mm).
5. Tighten hex nut [561], while doing so, hold hex head screw [560] to keep it in the
correct position.
6. Switch the brake on and off several times. Check whether the microswitch opens
and closes reliably in any motor shaft position. Therefore, turn the motor shaft
manually several times.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Isolate the motor and forced cooling fan, if installed, from the power supply be-
fore starting work, safeguarding them against unintentional re-start.
• Carefully observe the steps described below.
1. Check and, if necessary, adjust the working air gap according to chapter "Setting
the working air gap for BE.. brake".
2. Screw the hex head screw [560] against the actuator of the microswitch [555] until
it trips (brown-blue contacts closed).
While screwing, install hex nut [561] to eliminate the longitudinal play from the
thread.
3. For BE2 – 5: Loosen hex head screw [560] by a 3/4 revolution towards the mi-
croswitch [555] (with BE2 by about 0.375 mm / with BE5 by about 0.6 mm).
For BE11 – 122: Loosen hex head screw [560] towards the microswitch [555] by a
whole revolution (about 0.8 mm).
4. Tighten hex nut [561], while doing so, hold hex head screw [560] to keep it in the
correct position.
5. If the brake lining reaches the wear limit, the microswitch automatically switches
back (contacts brown-blue open) and activates a relay or a signal.
7.8.5 Inspection/maintenance of the diagnostic unit /DUB for function and wear monitoring
If two diagnostic units /DUB are connected to one brake, both monitoring statuses can
be realized. In this case, set the diagnostic unit /DUB for wear monitoring before you
set the diagnostic unit /DUB for function monitoring.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[378]
[379]
[1757]
[112]
[1727]
[1151]
[54]
14278188043
1. Remove forced cooling fan and rotary encoder, if installed. See chapter "Motor and
brake maintenance – preliminary work (→ 2 103)".
2. First, remove the actuator elements [1191] from designs with manual brake re-
lease.
3. Remove the fan guard [35] or the forced cooling fan [170] by loosening the retain-
ing screws [22].
21927189/EN – 07/2015
4. If applicable: Remove the retaining ring [32] and the fan wheel [36] using a suitable
tool.
5. Loosen the screw [1154] for the cable fixture clamp [1153].
6. Loosen the union nut of the sensor screw fitting. The sensor cable is free.
7. Loosen the sensor [1151] on the mounting flange. Remove the sensor.
DANGER
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Disconnect the motor from the power supply and safeguard it against accidental
startup before starting work!
For the component designation of the evaluation unit, refer to chapter "Component
designation" (→ 2 80).
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
Set the DIP switch only in a de-energized state.
X= Factory setting
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Connecting electronics
The function and wear monitoring is connected according to the following wiring dia-
gram. The maximum permitted cable cross section at the terminals "k" is 1.5 mm2 with
conductor end sleeve without plastic collar, 0.75 mm2 with conductor end sleeve. The
required cable cross section at the terminal "k" is 0.5 mm2 with conductor end sleeve
without plastic collar.
INFORMATION
Use shielded cables to wire the evaluation unit. Connect the shield at least at one
end to the GND.
A C
4k
(BN) 4s
(SR) 5k
5s
(WH)
6s 6k
B
7k
8k
9k
10k
11k
9007212783931659
The evaluation unit is supplied with DC 24 V via the terminals GND [10k] and DC24V
[11k].
Brake monitoring provides digital signals for:
• Function FCT1 [5k] and wear WEAR1 [6k] of the brake.
INFORMATION
If values deviate from the factory setting, the wear point setting must be adjusted.
See chapter "Setting and installing the evaluation unit" (→ 2 150).
BN WH
DC 24V
WEAR1
AGND
ZERO
OUT1
FCT1
GND1
GND
A1
B1
INF
1
OFF
DUE-1K-00 21195609
14975059851
The connection cross section of the sensor is 0.14 mm². The litz wires of the sensor
cables must be equipped with conductor end sleeves. The cable shield must be isol-
ated against other potentials using a heat shrink tubing. The litz wires can be pushed
into the terminals without using tools. Put the sensor cables in the provided line clip,
see figure in chapter "Calibration of infinite value" (→ 2 155). To remove the sensor
cables, use an insulated screwdriver to disengage the clips.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
D6 D8
20 20
13,6 13,6
10 10
FCT FCT
0 0
U [V] U [V]
[2] [2]
24 24
WEAR WEAR
0 0
14668091147 15221727499
21927189/EN – 07/2015
DC 24V
WEAR1
AGND
ZERO
OUT1
FCT1
GND1
GND
A1
B1
INF
1
OFF
DUE-1K-00 21195609
14975067787
During calibration, the digital outputs WEAR1, FCT1 send a 0 signal which may lead
to error messages (wear limit reached).
The analog output OUT1 signals 0 mA during the calibration procedure. After success-
ful calibration, the output has 20 mA.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
INFORMATION
To ensure that the sensor is correctly inserted in the stepped bore, twist the sensor
carefully with the cable before screwing in the cable gland. Protect the sensor cable
against damage.
[1]
15126940043
21927189/EN – 07/2015
LED State
Green [6] Off
Red [6] Flashing (2 Hz)
+24 V GND
AGND
ZERO
OUT1
FCT1
GND1
GND
A1
B1
INF
1
OFF
DUE-1K-00 21195609
14977696651
During calibration, the digital outputs WEAR1, FCT1 send a 0 signal which may lead
to error messages (wear limit reached).
The analog output OUT1 signals 0 mA during the calibration procedure. After success-
ful calibration, the value is saved. The output has 4 mA with released brake. If a smal-
21927189/EN – 07/2015
ler value is available within 3 seconds, the last value is deleted and the new value is
saved. The 4 mA at the output remain unchanged.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
– 75 – 6 –
BE32 1500 0.4 1.2 10.0 – 600 8 – – 01874551 13744356
– 500 6 2 –
– 400 4 4 –
– 300 4 – –
– 200 – 8 –
– 150 – 6 –
13746731 100 – 4 –
Brake Braking Working air Brake Part number Braking torque settings
Type work done gap disk damping
until main- min.1) Max. Min. plate/pole Braking Type and number of Purchase order number
tenance sheet torque Brake springs of
Brake springs
106 J mm mm Nm Normal blue white Normal Blue/white
BE60 2500 0.3 1.2 10.0 – 600 8 – – 01868381 13745204
– 500 6 2 –
– 400 4 4 –
– 300 4 – –
– 200 – 8 –
BE62 2500 0.4 1.2 10.0 – 1200 8 – – 01868381 13745204
– 1000 6 2 –
– 800 4 4 –
– 600 4 – –
– 400 – 8 –
BE120 390 0.6 1.2 12.0 – 1000 8 – – 13608770 13608312
– 800 6 2 –
– 600 4 4 –
– 400 4 – –
BE122 300 0.8 1.2 12.0 – 2000 8 – – 13608770 13608312
– 1600 6 2 –
– 1200 4 4 –
– 800 4 – –
1) When checking the working air gap, note: Parallelism tolerances on the brake disk may give rise to deviations of ± 0.15 mm after a
test run.
BE20:
6 springs 4 + 2 springs 3 + 3 springs 4 springs 3 springs
BE30 – 122:
8 springs 6 + 2 springs 4 + 4 springs 6 springs 4 springs
INFORMATION
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Due to the selected pivoted mounting position/pivoting angle, the values for braking
work are reduced by 50% compared to the values specified here.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
BE120 BE122
Maximum braking torque in 1000 2000
Nm
Braking power in W 250 250
Inrush current ratio IB/IH 4.9 4.9
8.4 Resistors
8.4.1 Brake BE05, BE1, BE2, BE5
21927189/EN – 07/2015
8.4.3 Resistance measurement BE05, BE1, BE2, BE5, BE30, BE32, BE60, BE62
RB
WH
21927189/EN – 07/2015
RT
BU
BU
RD
WH
9007199497350795
RB
WH
RT
BU
BU
RD
WH
18014398752093451
INFORMATION
When measuring the resistance of the coil section RT or the accelerator coil RB, re-
move the white conductor from the brake rectifier; if it remains connected, the internal
resistance of the brake rectifier will cause erroneous results.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
BE120, BE122
Maximum braking torque in Nm 1000/2000
Braking power in W 250
Inrush current ratio IB/IH 4.9
RB
WH
RT
BU
RD WH BU
INFORMATION
When measuring the resistance of the coil section RT or the accelerator coil RB, re-
move the white conductor from the brake rectifier; if it remains connected, the internal
resistance of the brake rectifier will cause erroneous results.
X Standard version
X1 Standard design with nominal brake voltage of 150 - 500 VAC
X2 Standard design with nominal brake voltage of 24/42 - 150 VAC
X3 Standard design with nominal brake voltage of 575 VAC
• Can be selected
o Can be selected with 575 VAC nominal brake voltage
– Not permitted
21927189/EN – 07/2015
8.6.4 Motors with /ERF reinforced bearings for motor sizes DR..250 – 315, DRN250 – 315
8.6.5 /NIB current-insulated rolling bearings for motor sizes DR..200 – 315, DRN200 – 315
INFORMATION
Using the wrong bearing greases could cause bearing damage.
®
Corrosion protection and SEW‑EURODRIVE NOCO fluid 5.5 g 09107819
lubricant
8.9.2 EH7.
Encoder type EH7R EH7T EH7C EH7S
For motors DR..315
DRN315
Supply voltage UB DC 10 V – 30 V DC 5 V DC 10 V - 30 V
Max. current consumption Iin 140 mA 225 mA 140 mA
Max. pulse frequency fmax kHz 300 180
Periods per revolution A, B 1024
C 1
Output amplitude Uhigh ≥ 2.5 V VB -3 V 1 Vss
Ulow ≤ 0.5 V ≤ 2.5 V
Signal output TTL (RS-422) HTL Sin/Cos
Output current per track Iout 20 mA 30 mA 10 mA
Pulse duty factor 1: 1 ± 20% 90° ± 10°
Phase angle A : B 90° ± 20° -
Vibration resistance at 10 Hz ≤ 100 m/s2 (EN 60088-2-6)
– 2 kHz
Shock resistance ≤ 2000 m/s2 (EN 60088-2-27)
Maximum speed nmax rpm 6000, 2500 at 60°C
Degree of protection IP65 (EN 60529)
Connection 12-pin plug connector
21927189/EN – 07/2015
21927189/EN – 07/2015
8.9.5 AH7Y
Encoder type AH7Y
For motors DR..315
DRN315
Supply voltage UB DC 9 V – 30 V
Max. current consumption Iin 160 mA
Periods per revolution A, B 2048
C –
Output amplitude Uhigh ≥ 2.5 VSS
Ulow ≤ 0.5 VSS
Max. pulse frequency 120 kHz
Signal output TTL (RS-422)
Output current per track Iout 20 mA
Pulse duty factor 1: 1 ± 20%
Phase angle A : B 90° ± 20°
Absolute encoder scanning code Gray Code
Single-turn resolution 4096 increments/revolution
Multi-turn resolution 4096 revolutions
Data transmission of absolute value Synchronous, serial (SSI)
Serial data output Driver to EIA RS-485
Serial pulse input Optocoupler, recommended driver to EIA RS-485
Clock frequency Permitted range: 100 – 800 kHz (max. 100 m cable length with 300 kHz)
Clock-pulse space period 12 ms – 30 ms
Vibration resistance at 10 Hz – 2 kHz ≤ 100 m/s2 (EN 60088-2-6)
Shock resistance ≤ 2000 m/s2 (EN 60088-2-27)
Maximum speed nmax nmax 3500 rpm
Degree of protection IP56 (EN 60529)
Connection Terminal strip on encoder
21927189/EN – 07/2015
8.9.7 EV2.
Encoder type EV2T EV2S EV2R EV2C
For motors DR..71 – DR..225
DRN80 – 225
Supply voltage UB DC 5 V DC 9 V – 26 V
Max. current consumption Iin 160 mARMS 120 mARMS 160 mARMS 250 mARMS
Max. pulse frequency fmax 120 kHz
Periods per revolution A, B 1024
C 1
Output amplitude per track Uhigh ≥ 2.5 V 1 VSS ≥ 2.5 V ≥ VB - 3.5 V
Ulow ≤ 0.5 V ≤ 0.5 V ≤ 3 V
Signal output TTL Sin/Cos TTL HTL
Output current per track Iout 25 mARMS 10 mARMS 25 mARMS 60 mARMS
Pulse duty factor 1: 1 ± 20% Sin/Cos 1: 1 ± 20%
Phase angle A : B 90° ± 20° 90° 90° ± 20°
Data memory –
Vibration resistance ≤ 100 m/s²
Shock resistance ≤ 1000 m/s² ≤ 3000 m/s² ≤ 1000 m/s²
Maximum speed nmax 6000 rpm
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Weight m 0.36 kg
Degree of protection IP66
Connection Terminal box on incremental encoder
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Size B10d
Switching cycles
BE05 16,000,000
BE1 12,000,000
BE2 8,000,000
BE5 6,000,000
BE11 3,000,000
BE20 2,000,000
BE30 1,500,000
BE32 1,500,000
BE60 1,000,000
BE62 1,000,000
BE120 250,000
BE122 250,000
In addition to the brakes listed above, SEW also offers safety-rated brakes up to size
32. For detailed information, refer to the addendum to the operating instructions
"Safety-Rated Brakes – Functional Safety for AC Motors."
CB Running capacitor
CA Start-up capacitor
21927189/EN – 07/2015
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• De-energize the motor before you start working on the unit.
• Secure the motor against unintended power-up.
CAUTION
The surfaces of the drive can be very hot during operation.
Risk of burns.
• Let the motor cool down before you start your work.
NOTICE
Improper troubleshooting measures may damage the drive.
Possible damage to property.
• Use only genuine spare parts in accordance with the valid spare parts list.
• Strictly observe the safety notes in the individual chapters.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
9.5 Disposal
Dispose of the motors in accordance with the material structure and the regulations in
force:
• Iron
• Aluminum
• Copper
• Plastics
• Electronic parts
• Oil and grease (not mixed with solvents)
21927189/EN – 07/2015
10 Appendix
10.1 Wiring diagrams
INFORMATION
The motor should be connected as shown in the connection wiring diagram or the ter-
minal assignment diagram, which are supplied with the motor. The following chapter
only shows a selection of the common types of connections. You can obtain the rel-
evant wiring diagrams free of charge from SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Delta connection
The following figure shows m connection for low voltage.
[1] [2]
W2 U2 V2
U2 V2 W2
(T6) (T4) (T5)
(T4) (T5) (T6)
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3) U1 V1 W1
[3] (T1) (T2) (T3)
L1 L2 L3
9007199497344139
Star connection
The following figure shows W connection for high voltage.
[1] [2]
U2 V2 W2 W2 U2 V2
(T4) (T5) (T6) (T6) (T4) (T5)
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
U1 V1 W1
[3] (T1) (T2) (T3)
21927189/EN – 07/2015
L1 L2 L3
9007199497339147
U2 V2 W2
T4 T5 T6
[1]
U3 V3 W3
T7 T8 T9
U4 V4 W4
T10 T11 T12
[2] [2]
V3 W3 U3 V3 W3 U3
T8 T9 T7 T8 T9 T7
V2 W2 U2 V2 W2 U2
T5 T6 T4 T5 T6 T4
V4 W4 U4
T11 T12 T1 V4 W4 U4
T11 T12 T10
U1 V1 W1
T1 T2 T3 U1 V1 W1
T1 T2 T3
[3] L1 L2 L3 [3]
L1 L2 L3
9007201560668427
[1]
U2 V2 W2
T4 T5 T6
U3 V3 W3
T7 T8 T9
[4]
W2 U2 V2 W2 W3 U2 U3 V2 V3
T6 T4 T5 [2] T6 T9 T4 T7 T5 T8 [2]
U1 U3 V1 V3 W1 W3 U1 V1 W1
T1 T7 T2 T8 T3 T9 T1 T2 T3
[3] L1 L2 L3 [3] L1 L2 L3
2305925515
TF/TH
The following figures show the connection of motor protection with TF PTC thermistor
sensors or TH bimetallic thermostats.
Either a two-pin connection terminal or a five-pin terminal strip is available for connect-
ing to the trip switch.
Example: TF/TH to a two-pin terminal strip
1b
2b
9007199728684427
1b 2b
TF/TH TF/TH
18014398983427083
1b 2b 3b 4b 5b
1.TF/TH 1.TF/TH 2nd TF/TH 2nd TF/TH –
2b
9007199728684427
1b 2b
Hx Hx
21927189/EN – 07/2015
18014398983427083
1b 2b 3b 4b 5b
1.TF/TH 1.TF/TH 2nd TF/TH 2nd TF/TH –
TF/TH
The following figures show the connection of motor protection with TF PTC thermistor
sensors or TH bimetallic thermostats.
Depending on the version, an "x-pin" terminal strip is available for connection to the
trip switch.
Example: TF/TH to terminal strip
1.TF/ 1.TF/
1.TH 1.TH
473405707
473410187
21927189/EN – 07/2015
a
c
d
b
1 10 1 4
9007207579353739
INFORMATION
The ranges 1a – 10a, 1c – 4c und 1d – 4d have been pre-configured by
SEW‑EURODRIVE. The must not be changed.
Range 1b – 10b is intended for customer adjustments.
Basic connection:
Connections 1a – 10a, 1c – 4c and 1d – 4d lead to the encoder or to the motor.
Connections 1b – 10b lead to the cable gland.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4
a TF11) TF11) TF21) TF21) +UB1) GND1) A1) A1) B1) B1) see below c
Opt. Opt. (GY) (PK) (BN) (WH) (YE) (GN)
b TF1 TF1 TF2 TF2 +UB GND A A B B see below d
Opt. Opt.
1) Pre-configured by SEW‑EURODRIVE. Do not alter the setting!
4-pin M12 plug connector AVSE 8-pin M12 plug connector AVRE
• A coded Pin 1: +UB • A coded Pin 1: +UB
• Male Pin 2: B • Male Pin 2: GND
Pin 3: GND 2 1
Pin 3: A
2 1
3 7
3 4 Pin 4: A 8 6 Pin 4: A
4 5
Pin 5: B
Pin 6: B
Pin 7: TF1
Pin 8: TF1
21927189/EN – 07/2015
BG / BGE
The following illustration shows the wiring for BG and BGE brake rectifiers for the AC-
side shut-off as well as the DC and AC-side shutoff.
DC
AC AC
BGE BGE
BG BG
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
WH RD BU WH RD
[1] [1]
BU
U AC U AC
242604811
BSG
The following illustration shows the DC 24 V connection of the BSG control unit
BSG
1 2 3 4 5
WH RD BU
[1]
- +
24V DC
242606475
BUR
WARNING
Malfunction caused by incorrect connection for frequency operation.
Possible damage to the drive system.
• Do not connect the brake to the terminal board of the motor.
The following figure shows the wiring for BUR brake control:
BGE
BG
1 2 3 4 5
RD
[4]
[1]
U~ WH RD BU
(VAC ) BU
BN / BK
21927189/EN – 07/2015
242608139
Example
Motor: AC 230 V / AC 400 V
Brake: AC 230 V
BGE BGE
BG BG
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
WH RD WH RD
[1] [1]
RD BU RD BU
BU BU
[2] [2]
WH WH WH WH
W2 U2 V2
W2 U2 V2 (T6) (T4) (T5)
(T6) (T4) (T5) W1
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 (T3)
(T1) (T2) (T3) (T1) (T2)
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
9007199497340811
Example
Motor: AC 230 V / AC 460 V
Brake: AC 230 V
BGE
BG
1 2 3 4 5
WH
RD
[3]
BU
RD BU
[4] [1]
U2 (T4) V2 (T5)
WH WH W3 (T9) U3 (T7) V3 (T8)
W2 L1 L2 L3
(T6)
[2]
2319077003
Example
Motor: AC 230 V / AC 460 V
Brake: AC 230 V
BGE
BG
1 2 3 4 5
WH
RD
[3]
BU
RD BU
[4] [1]
(T4) (T5)
U2 V2
WH WH
W2 L1 L2 L3
(T6)
[2]
2337824139
BMP3.1
The following illustration shows the wiring for the BMP3.1 brake rectifier for the AC-
side shut-off as well as the DC and AC-side shutoff.
U AC U AC
1 2 3 DC 1 2 3
AC AC
BMP3.1 BMP3.1
13 14 15 13 14 15
RD WH BU RD WH BU
[1] [1]
365750411
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Delta-Steinmetz
The following figure shows the wiring of the V forced cooling fan for delta-Steinmetz
connection for 1-phase operation
PE L1 N
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
W2 U2 V2
(T4) (T5) (T6)
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
U2 V2 W2
(T4) (T5) (T6)
L N
9007199778089483
Star connection
The following figure shows the wiring of the V forced cooling fan for star connection.
PE L1 L2 L3
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
W2 U2 V2
(T4) (T5) (T6)
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
U2 V2 W2
(T4) (T5) (T6)
L1 L2 L3
9007199778091147
Delta connection
The following figure shows the wiring of the V forced cooling fan for delta connection.
PE L1 L2 L3
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
W2 U2 V2
(T4) (T5) (T6)
U1 V1 W1
(T1) (T2) (T3)
21927189/EN – 07/2015
U2 V2 W2
(T4) (T5) (T6)
L1 L2 L3
18014399032833803
DC 24 V connection
The following figure shows the wiring of the /V forced cooling fan for DC 24 V.
[3]
BU RD
[2]
M [1]
=
+ -
DC 24 V
9007201648125067
INFORMATION
Observe the polarity.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
[1]
U1 Z2 U1 Z2
U2 Z2 [2] [2]
Z1 U2
Z1 U2
[8] [8]
[7] CB [3] [3] CB
[7]
CA CA [6]
[6]
[9] [9]
11919510027
[2] [2]
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1
[1]
U2 V2 W2
T4 T5 T6
[7] [7]
[6] [6]
U1 V1 W1
T1 T2 T3
[3] CA [3] CA
[8] [8]
11919511947
Terminal box position 2 and X, here X1) Terminal box position 1 and 3, here 3
[2]
[A]
[1] [3]
[B]
[x]
3572208523
1) If auxiliary terminal 2 is not provided, you can install auxiliary terminal 1 in the same position.
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Argentina
Assembly Buenos Aires SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 3327 4572-84
Sales Ruta Panamericana Km 37.5, Lote 35 Fax +54 3327 4572-21
(B1619IEA) Centro Industrial Garín http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Prov. de Buenos Aires [email protected]
Australia
Assembly Melbourne SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 3 9933-1000
Sales 27 Beverage Drive Fax +61 3 9933-1003
Service Tullamarine, Victoria 3043 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.au
[email protected]
Sydney SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 2 9725-9900
9, Sleigh Place, Wetherill Park Fax +61 2 9725-9905
New South Wales, 2164 [email protected]
Austria
Assembly Vienna SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 1 617 55 00-0
Sales Richard-Strauss-Strasse 24 Fax +43 1 617 55 00-30
Service A-1230 Wien http://www.sew-eurodrive.at
[email protected]
Bangladesh
Sales Bangladesh SEW-EURODRIVE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Tel. +88 01729 097309
345 DIT Road [email protected]
East Rampura
Dhaka-1219, Bangladesh
Belarus
Sales Minsk Foreign Enterprise Industrial Components Tel. +375 17 298 47 56 / 298 47 58
RybalkoStr. 26 Fax +375 17 298 47 54
BY-220033 Minsk http://www.sew.by
[email protected]
Belgium
Assembly Brussels SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 16 386-311
Sales Researchpark Haasrode 1060 Fax +32 16 386-336
Service Evenementenlaan 7 http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
BE-3001 Leuven [email protected]
Service Competence Industrial SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 84 219-878
Center Gears Rue de Parc Industriel, 31 Fax +32 84 219-879
BE-6900 Marche-en-Famenne http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
[email protected]
Brazil
Production São Paulo SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3835-8000
Sales Estrada Municipal José Rubim, 205 – Rodovia [email protected]
Service Santos Dumont Km 49
Indaiatuba – 13347-510 – SP
Assembly Rio Claro SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3522-3100
Sales Rodovia Washington Luiz, Km 172 Fax +55 19 3524-6653
Service Condomínio Industrial Conpark [email protected]
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Bulgaria
Sales Sofia BEVER-DRIVE GmbH Tel. +359 2 9151160
Bogdanovetz Str.1 Fax +359 2 9151166
BG-1606 Sofia [email protected]
Cameroon
is supported by Germany.
Canada
Assembly Toronto SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 905 791-1553
Sales 210 Walker Drive Fax +1 905 791-2999
Service Bramalea, ON L6T 3W1 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ca
[email protected]
Vancouver SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 604 946-5535
Tilbury Industrial Park Fax +1 604 946-2513
7188 Honeyman Street [email protected]
Delta, BC V4G 1G1
Montreal SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 514 367-1124
2555 Rue Leger Fax +1 514 367-3677
Lasalle, PQ H8N 2V9 [email protected]
Chile
Assembly Santiago de SEW-EURODRIVE CHILE LTDA Tel. +56 2 2757 7000
Sales Chile Las Encinas 1295 Fax +56 2 2757 7001
Service Parque Industrial Valle Grande http://www.sew-eurodrive.cl
LAMPA [email protected]
RCH-Santiago de Chile
P.O. Box
Casilla 23 Correo Quilicura - Santiago - Chile
China
Production Tianjin SEW-EURODRIVE (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 22 25322612
Assembly No. 78, 13th Avenue, TEDA Fax +86 22 25323273
Sales Tianjin 300457 http://www.sew-eurodrive.cn
Service [email protected]
Assembly Suzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 512 62581781
Sales 333, Suhong Middle Road Fax +86 512 62581783
Service Suzhou Industrial Park [email protected]
Jiangsu Province, 215021
Guangzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 20 82267890
No. 9, JunDa Road Fax +86 20 82267922
East Section of GETDD [email protected]
Guangzhou 510530
Shenyang SEW-EURODRIVE (Shenyang) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 24 25382538
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 24 25382580
Shenyang Economic Technological Develop- [email protected]
ment Area
Shenyang, 110141
Taiyuan SEW-EURODRIVE (Taiyuan) Co,. Ltd. Tel. +86-351-7117520
No.3, HuaZhang Street, Fax +86-351-7117522
TaiYuan Economic & Technical Development [email protected]
Zone
ShanXi, 030032
Wuhan SEW-EURODRIVE (Wuhan) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 27 84478388
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 27 84478389
No. 59, the 4th Quanli Road, WEDA [email protected]
430056 Wuhan
Xi'An SEW-EURODRIVE (Xi'An) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 29 68686262
No. 12 Jinye 2nd Road Fax +86 29 68686311
Xi'An High-Technology Industrial Development [email protected]
Zone
Xi'An 710065
Sales Hong Kong SEW-EURODRIVE LTD. Tel. +852 36902200
Service Unit No. 801-806, 8th Floor Fax +852 36902211
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Colombia
Assembly Bogota SEW-EURODRIVE COLOMBIA LTDA. Tel. +57 1 54750-50
Sales Calle 22 No. 132-60 Fax +57 1 54750-44
Service Bodega 6, Manzana B http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.co
Santafé de Bogotá [email protected]
Czech Republic
Assembly Hostivice SEW-EURODRIVE CZ s.r.o. Tel. +420 255 709 601
Sales Floriánova 2459 Fax +420 235 350 613
Service 253 01 Hostivice http://www.sew-eurodrive.cz
[email protected]
Drive Service +420 800 739 739 (800 SEW SEW) Service
Hotline / 24 Tel. +420 255 709 632
Hour Service Fax +420 235 358 218
[email protected]
Denmark
Assembly Copenhagen SEW-EURODRIVEA/S Tel. +45 43 95 8500
Sales Geminivej 28-30 Fax +45 43 9585-09
Service DK-2670 Greve http://www.sew-eurodrive.dk
[email protected]
Egypt
Sales Cairo Copam Egypt Tel. +20 222566299
Service for Engineering & Agencies Fax +20 2 22594-757
33 EI Hegaz ST http://www.copam-egypt.com
Heliopolis, Cairo [email protected]
Estonia
Sales Tallin ALAS-KUUL AS Tel. +372 6593230
Reti tee 4 Fax +372 6593231
EE-75301 Peetri küla, Rae vald, Harjumaa http://www.alas-kuul.ee
[email protected]
Finland
Assembly Hollola SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Sales Vesimäentie 4 Fax +358 3 780-6211
Service FIN-15860 Hollola 2 http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Service Hollola SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Keskikankaantie 21 Fax +358 3 780-6211
FIN-15860 Hollola http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Production Karkkila SEW Industrial Gears Oy Tel. +358 201 589-300
Assembly Santasalonkatu 6, PL 8 Fax +358 201 589-310
FI-03620 Karkkila, 03601 Karkkila http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
France
Production Hagenau SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 73 67 00
Sales 48-54 route de Soufflenheim Fax +33 3 88 73 66 00
Service B. P. 20185 http://www.usocome.com
F-67506 Haguenau Cedex [email protected]
Production Forbach SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 87 29 38 00
Zone industrielle
Technopôle Forbach Sud
B. P. 30269
F-57604 Forbach Cedex
Brumath SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 37 48 48
1 rue de Bruxelles
21927189/EN – 07/2015
F-67670 Mommenheim
Assembly Bordeaux SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 5 57 26 39 00
Sales Parc d'activités de Magellan Fax +33 5 57 26 39 09
Service 62 avenue de Magellan – B. P. 182
F-33607 Pessac Cedex
Lyon SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 00
Parc d'affaires Roosevelt Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
Rue Jacques Tati
F-69120 Vaulx en Velin
France
Nantes SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 40 78 42 00
Parc d’activités de la forêt Fax +33 2 40 78 42 20
4 rue des Fontenelles
F-44140 Le Bignon
Paris SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 64 42 40 80
Zone industrielle Fax +33 1 64 42 40 88
2 rue Denis Papin
F-77390 Verneuil I'Étang
Gabon
is supported by Germany.
Germany
Headquarters Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Production Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1970
Sales D-76646 Bruchsal http://www.sew-eurodrive.de
P.O. Box [email protected]
Postfach 3023 – D-76642 Bruchsal
Production / Industrial Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Gears Christian-Pähr-Str. 10 Fax +49 7251 75-2970
D-76646 Bruchsal
Production Graben SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax +49 7251-2970
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf
P.O. Box
Postfach 1220 – D-76671 Graben-Neudorf
Östringen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG, Werk Tel. +49 7253 9254-0
Östringen Fax +49 7253 9254-90
Franz-Gurk-Straße 2 [email protected]
D-76684 Östringen
Service Competence Mechanics / SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1710
Center Mechatronics Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax +49 7251 75-1711
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf [email protected]
Electronics SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1780
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1769
D-76646 Bruchsal [email protected]
Drive Technology Cen- North SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 5137 8798-30
ter Alte Ricklinger Straße 40-42 Fax +49 5137 8798-55
D-30823 Garbsen (Hannover) [email protected]
East SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
Dänkritzer Weg 1 Fax +49 3764 7606-30
D-08393 Meerane (Zwickau) [email protected]
South SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 89 909552-10
Domagkstraße 5 Fax +49 89 909552-50
D-85551 Kirchheim (München) [email protected]
West SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 2173 8507-30
Siemensstraße 1 Fax +49 2173 8507-55
D-40764 Langenfeld (Düsseldorf) [email protected]
Drive Center Berlin SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 306331131-30
Alexander-Meißner-Straße 44 Fax +49 306331131-36
D-12526 Berlin [email protected]
Ludwigshafen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75 3759
c/o BASF SE Fax +49 7251 75 503759
Gebäude W130 Raum 101 [email protected]
D-67056 Ludwigshafen
Saarland SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 6831 48946 10
Gottlieb-Daimler-Straße 4 Fax +49 6831 48946 13
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Greece
Sales Athens Christ. Boznos & Son S.A. Tel. +30 2 1042 251-34
12, K. Mavromichali Street Fax +30 2 1042 251-59
P.O. Box 80136 http://www.boznos.gr
GR-18545 Piraeus [email protected]
Hungary
Sales Budapest SEW-EURODRIVE Kft. Tel. +36 1 437 06-58
Service Csillaghegyí út 13. Fax +36 1 437 06-50
H-1037 Budapest http://www.sew-eurodrive.hu
[email protected]
Iceland
Sales Reykjavik Varma & Vélaverk ehf. Tel. +354 585 1070
Knarrarvogi 4 Fax +354 585)1071
IS-104 Reykjavík http://www.varmaverk.is
[email protected]
India
Registered Office Vadodara SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 265 3045200
Assembly Plot No. 4, GIDC Fax +91 265 3045300
Sales POR Ramangamdi • Vadodara - 391 243 http://www.seweurodriveindia.com
Service Gujarat [email protected]
Assembly Chennai SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 44 37188888
Sales Plot No. K3/1, Sipcot Industrial Park Phase II Fax +91 44 37188811
Service Mambakkam Village [email protected]
Sriperumbudur - 602105
Kancheepuram Dist, Tamil Nadu
Pune SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 21 35301400
Plant: Plot No. D236/1, [email protected]
Chakan Industrial Area Phase- II,
Warale, Tal- Khed,
Pune-410501, Maharashtra
Indonesia
Sales Jakarta PT. Cahaya Sukses Abadi Tel. +62 21 65310599
Komplek Rukan Puri Mutiara Blok A no 99, Fax +62 21 65310600
Sunter [email protected]
Jakarta 14350
Jakarta PT. Agrindo Putra Lestari Tel. +62 21 2921-8899
JL.Pantai Indah Selatan, Komplek Sentra In- Fax +62 21 2921-8988
dustri Terpadu, Pantai indah Kapuk Tahap III, [email protected]
Blok E No. 27 http://www.aplindo.com
Jakarta 14470
Medan PT. Serumpun Indah Lestari Tel. +62 61 687 1221
Jl.Pulau Solor no. 8, Kawasan Industri Medan Fax +62 61 6871429 / +62 61 6871458 / +62
II 61 30008041
Medan 20252 [email protected]
[email protected]
http://www.serumpunindah.com
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Ireland
Sales Dublin Alperton Engineering Ltd. Tel. +353 1 830-6277
Service 48 Moyle Road Fax +353 1 830-6458
Dublin Industrial Estate http://www.alperton.ie
Glasnevin, Dublin 11 [email protected]
Israel
Sales Tel Aviv Liraz Handasa Ltd. Tel. +972 3 5599511
Ahofer Str 34B / 228 Fax +972 3 5599512
58858 Holon http://www.liraz-handasa.co.il
[email protected]
Italy
Assembly Solaro SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 02 96 9801
Sales Via Bernini,14 Fax +39 02 96 79 97 81
Service I-20020 Solaro (Milano) http://www.sew-eurodrive.it
[email protected]
Ivory Coast
Sales Abidjan SEW-EURODRIVE SARL Tel. +225 21 21 81 05
Ivory Coast Fax +225 21 25 30 47
Rue des Pècheurs, Zone 3 [email protected]
26 BP 916 Abidjan 26 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ci
Japan
Assembly Iwata SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD Tel. +81 538 373811
Sales 250-1, Shimoman-no, Fax +81 538 373814
Service Iwata http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.jp
Shizuoka 438-0818 [email protected]
[email protected]
Kazakhstan
Sales Almaty SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +7 (727) 350 5156
291-291A, Tole bi street Fax +7 (727) 350 5156
050031, Almaty http://www.sew-eurodrive.kz
[email protected]
Kenya
is supported by Tanzania.
Latvia
Sales Riga SIA Alas-Kuul Tel. +371 6 7139253
Katlakalna 11C Fax +371 6 7139386
LV-1073 Riga http://www.alas-kuul.lv
[email protected]
Lebanon
Sales Lebanon Beirut Gabriel Acar & Fils sarl Tel. +961 1 510 532
B. P. 80484 Fax +961 1 494 971
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Luxembourg
Assembly Brussels SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 16 386-311
Sales Researchpark Haasrode 1060 Fax +32 16 386-336
Service Evenementenlaan 7 http://www.sew-eurodrive.lu
BE-3001 Leuven [email protected]
Macedonia
Sales Skopje Boznos DOOEL Tel. +389 23256553
Dime Anicin 2A/7A Fax +389 23256554
1000 Skopje http://www.boznos.mk
Madagascar
Sales Antananarivo Ocean Trade Tel. +261 20 2330303
BP21bis. Andraharo Fax +261 20 2330330
Antananarivo [email protected]
101 Madagascar
Malaysia
Assembly Johor SEW-EURODRIVE SDN BHD Tel. +60 7 3549409
Sales No. 95, Jalan Seroja 39, Taman Johor Jaya Fax +60 7 3541404
Service 81000 Johor Bahru, Johor [email protected]
West Malaysia
Mexiko
Assembly Quéretaro SEW-EURODRIVE MEXICO SA DE CV Tel. +52 442 1030-300
Sales SEM-981118-M93 Fax +52 442 1030-301
Service Tequisquiapan No. 102 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.mx
Parque Industrial Quéretaro [email protected]
C.P. 76220
Quéretaro, México
Mongolia
Technical Office Ulaanbaatar SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +976-77109997
Representative office in Mongolia Fax +976-77109997
Suite 407, Tushig Centre http://www.sew-eurodrive.mn
Seoul street 23, [email protected]
Sukhbaatar district,
Ulaanbaatar 14250
Morocco
Sales Mohammedia SEW-EURODRIVE SARL Tel. +212 523 32 27 80/81
Service 2 bis, Rue Al Jahid Fax +212 523 32 27 89
28810 Mohammedia http://www.sew-eurodrive.ma
[email protected]
Namibia
Sales Swakopmund DB Mining & Industrial Services Tel. +264 64 462 738
Einstein Street Fax +264 64 462 734
Strauss Industrial Park [email protected]
Unit1
Swakopmund
Netherlands
Assembly Rotterdam SEW-EURODRIVE B.V. Tel. +31 10 4463-700
21927189/EN – 07/2015
New Zealand
Assembly Auckland SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 9 2745627
Sales P.O. Box 58-428 Fax +64 9 2740165
Service 82 Greenmount drive http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.nz
East Tamaki Auckland [email protected]
New Zealand
Christchurch SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 3 384-6251
30 Lodestar Avenue, Wigram Fax +64 3 384-6455
Christchurch [email protected]
Nigeria
Sales Lagos EISNL Engineering Solutions and Drives Ltd Tel. +234 1 217 4332
Plot 9, Block A, Ikeja Industrial Estate ( Ogba http://www.eisnl.com
Scheme) [email protected]
Adeniyi Jones St. End
Off ACME Road, Ogba, Ikeja, Lagos
Norway
Assembly Moss SEW-EURODRIVE A/S Tel. +47 69 24 10 20
Sales Solgaard skog 71 Fax +47 69 24 10 40
Service N-1599 Moss http://www.sew-eurodrive.no
[email protected]
Pakistan
Sales Karachi Industrial Power Drives Tel. +92 21 452 9369
Al-Fatah Chamber A/3, 1st Floor Central Com- Fax +92-21-454 7365
mercial Area, [email protected]
Sultan Ahmed Shah Road, Block 7/8,
Karachi
Paraguay
Sales Fernando de la SEW-EURODRIVE PARAGUAY S.R.L Tel. +595 991 519695
Mora De la Victoria 112, Esquina nueva Asunción Fax +595 21 3285539
Departamento Central [email protected]
Fernando de la Mora, Barrio Bernardino
Peru
Assembly Lima SEW EURODRIVE DEL PERU S.A.C. Tel. +51 1 3495280
Sales Los Calderos, 120-124 Fax +51 1 3493002
Service Urbanizacion Industrial Vulcano, ATE, Lima http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.pe
[email protected]
Philippines
Sales Makati P.T. Cerna Corporation Tel. +63 2 519 6214
4137 Ponte St., Brgy. Sta. Cruz Fax +63 2 890 2802
Makati City 1205 [email protected]
http://www.ptcerna.com
Poland
Assembly Łódź SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 42 293 00 00
Sales ul. Techniczna 5 Fax +48 42 293 00 49
Service PL-92-518 Łódź http://www.sew-eurodrive.pl
[email protected]
Service Tel. +48 42 293 0030 24 Hour Service
Fax +48 42 293 0043 Tel. +48 602 739 739 (+48 602 SEW SEW)
[email protected]
Portugal
Assembly Coimbra SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. +351 231 20 9670
Sales Av. da Fonte Nova, n.º 86 Fax +351 231 20 3685
Service P-3050-379 Mealhada http://www.sew-eurodrive.pt
[email protected]
Romania
Sales Bucharest Sialco Trading SRL Tel. +40 21 230-1328
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Russia
Assembly St. Petersburg ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE Tel. +7 812 3332522 / +7 812 5357142
Sales P.O. Box 36 Fax +7 812 3332523
Service RUS-195220 St. Petersburg http://www.sew-eurodrive.ru
[email protected]
Senegal
Sales Dakar SENEMECA Tel. +221 338 494 770
Mécanique Générale Fax +221 338 494 771
Km 8, Route de Rufisque http://www.senemeca.com
B.P. 3251, Dakar [email protected]
Serbia
Sales Belgrade DIPAR d.o.o. Tel. +381 11 347 3244 / +381 11 288 0393
Ustanicka 128a Fax +381 11 347 1337
PC Košum, IV floor [email protected]
SRB-11000 Beograd
Singapore
Assembly Singapore SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD. Tel. +65 68621701
Sales No 9, Tuas Drive 2 Fax +65 68612827
Service Jurong Industrial Estate http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.sg
Singapore 638644 [email protected]
Slovakia
Sales Bratislava SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel.+421 2 33595 202, 217, 201
Rybničná 40 Fax +421 2 33595 200
SK-831 06 Bratislava http://www.sew-eurodrive.sk
[email protected]
Košice SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 55 671 2245
Slovenská ulica 26 Fax +421 55 671 2254
SK-040 01 Košice Mobile +421 907 671 976
[email protected]
Slovenia
Sales Celje Pakman - Pogonska Tehnika d.o.o. Tel. +386 3 490 83-20
Service UI. XIV. divizije 14 Fax +386 3 490 83-21
SLO - 3000 Celje [email protected]
South Africa
Assembly Johannesburg SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 11 248-7000
Sales Eurodrive House Fax +27 11 248-7289
Service Cnr. Adcock Ingram and Aerodrome Roads http://www.sew.co.za
Aeroton Ext. 2 [email protected]
Johannesburg 2013
P.O.Box 90004
Bertsham 2013
Cape Town SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 21 552-9820
Rainbow Park Fax +27 21 552-9830
Cnr. Racecourse & Omuramba Road Telex 576 062
Montague Gardens [email protected]
Cape Town
P.O.Box 36556
Chempet 7442
Durban SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 31 902 3815
48 Prospecton Road Fax +27 31 902 3826
Isipingo [email protected]
Durban
P.O. Box 10433, Ashwood 3605
Nelspruit SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 13 752-8007
7 Christie Crescent Fax +27 13 752-8008
Vintonia [email protected]
P.O.Box 1942
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Nelspruit 1200
South Korea
Assembly Ansan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 31 492-8051
Sales 7, Dangjaengi-ro, Fax +82 31 492-8056
Service Danwon-gu, http://www.sew-eurodrive.kr
Ansan-si, Gyeonggi-do, Zip 425-839 [email protected]
South Korea
Busan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 51 832-0204
28, Noksansandan 262-ro 50beon-gil, Fax +82 51 832-0230
Gangseo-gu,
Busan, Zip 618-820
Spain
Assembly Bilbao SEW-EURODRIVE ESPAÑA, S.L. Tel. +34 94 43184-70
Sales Parque Tecnológico, Edificio, 302 Fax +34 94 43184-71
Service E-48170 Zamudio (Vizcaya) http://www.sew-eurodrive.es
[email protected]
Sri Lanka
Sales Colombo SM International (Pte) Ltd Tel. +94 1 2584887
254, Galle Raod Fax +94 1 2582981
Colombo 4, Sri Lanka
Swaziland
Sales Manzini C G Trading Co. (Pty) Ltd Tel. +268 2 518 6343
PO Box 2960 Fax +268 2 518 5033
Manzini M200 [email protected]
Sweden
Assembly Jönköping SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 36 34 42 00
Sales Gnejsvägen 6-8 Fax +46 36 34 42 80
Service S-55 303 Jönköping http://www.sew-eurodrive.se
Box 3100 S-55 003 Jönköping [email protected]
Switzerland
Assembly Basel Alfred lmhof A.G. Tel. +41 61 417 1717
Sales Jurastrasse 10 Fax +41 61 417 1700
Service CH-4142 Münchenstein bei Basel http://www.imhof-sew.ch
[email protected]
Taiwan
Sales Taipei Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 2 27383535
6F-3, No. 267, Sec. 2 Fax +886 2 27368268
Tung Huw S. Road Telex 27 245
Taipei [email protected]
http://www.tingshou.com.tw
Nan Tou Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 49 255353
No. 55 Kung Yeh N. Road Fax +886 49 257878
Industrial District [email protected]
Nan Tou 540 http://www.tingshou.com.tw
Tanzania
Sales Daressalam SEW-EURODRIVE PTY LIMITED TANZANIA Tel. +255 0 22 277 5780
Plot 52, Regent Estate Fax +255 0 22 277 5788
PO Box 106274 http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.tz
Dar Es Salaam [email protected]
Thailand
Assembly Chonburi SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 38 454281
Sales 700/456, Moo.7, Donhuaroh Fax +66 38 454288
Service Muang [email protected]
Chonburi 20000
Tunisia
Sales Tunis T. M.S. Technic Marketing Service Tel. +216 79 40 88 77
Zone Industrielle Mghira 2 Fax +216 79 40 88 66
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Turkey
Assembly Kocaeli-Gebze SEW-EURODRİVE Hareket Tel. +90 262 9991000 04
Sales Sistemleri San. Ve TIC. Ltd. Sti Fax +90 262 9991009
Service Gebze Organize Sanayi Böl. 400 Sok No. 401 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.tr
41480 Gebze Kocaeli [email protected]
Uruguay
Assembly Montevideo SEW-EURODRIVE Uruguay, S. A. Tel. +598 2 21181-89
Sales Jose Serrato 3569 Esqina Corumbe Fax +598 2 21181-90
CP 12000 Montevideo [email protected]
USA
Production Southeast Re- SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 864 439-7537
Assembly gion 1295 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Sales +1 864 439-7830
Sales P.O. Box 518 Fax Production +1 864 439-9948
Service Lyman, S.C. 29365 Fax Assembly +1 864 439-0566
Fax Confidential/HR +1 864 949-5557
http://www.seweurodrive.com
[email protected]
Assembly Northeast Re- SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 856 467-2277
Sales gion Pureland Ind. Complex Fax +1 856 845-3179
Service 2107 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481 [email protected]
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014
Midwest Re- SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 937 335-0036
gion 2001 West Main Street Fax +1 937 332-0038
Troy, Ohio 45373 [email protected]
Southwest Re- SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 214 330-4824
gion 3950 Platinum Way Fax +1 214 330-4724
Dallas, Texas 75237 [email protected]
Western Re- SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 510 487-3560
gion 30599 San Antonio St. Fax +1 510 487-6433
Hayward, CA 94544 [email protected]
Uzbekistan
Technical Office Tashkent SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +998 71 2359411
Representative office in Uzbekistan Fax +998 71 2359412
96A, Sharaf Rashidov street, http://www.sew-eurodrive.uz
Tashkent, 100084 [email protected]
Venezuela
Assembly Valencia SEW-EURODRIVE Venezuela S.A. Tel. +58 241 832-9804
Sales Av. Norte Sur No. 3, Galpon 84-319 Fax +58 241 838-6275
Service Zona Industrial Municipal Norte http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ve
Valencia, Estado Carabobo [email protected]
[email protected]
Vietnam
Sales Ho Chi Minh Nam Trung Co., Ltd Tel. +84 8 8301026
City Huế - South Vietnam / Construction Materials Fax +84 8 8392223
250 Binh Duong Avenue, Thu Dau Mot Town, [email protected]
Binh Duong Province http://www.namtrung.com.vn
HCM office: 91 Tran Minh Quyen Street
21927189/EN – 07/2015
Index
Icons Control cabinet ............................................. 173
Motor wiring space ....................................... 172
/DUB (Diagnostic Unit Brake) ............................ 146
Brake malfunctions ............................................ 188
A Brake rectifier combinations .............................. 170
AB.., AD.., AM.., AK.., AC.., AS plug connectors 75 Brake replacement
Add-on encoders ................................................. 88 DR..250 – 315, DRN250 – 315 .................... 143
AG7. .................................................................... 88 DR..71 – 80, DRN80 .................................... 140
AH7. .................................................................... 88 DR..90 – 225, DRN90 – 225 ........................ 141
Ambient conditions .............................................. 59 Brakemotor inspection
Hazardous radiation ....................................... 59 DR.71 – 315, DRN80 – 315 ......................... 125
Ambient temperature ........................................... 59 Brakemotor structure
Anti-condensation heating ................................... 92 DR..160 – 280, DRN132M – 280 ................. 123
AS7...................................................................... 88 DR..71 – 80, DRN80 .................................... 121
Assembly DR..90 – 132, DRN90 – 132S ...................... 122
Tolerances...................................................... 31 DR.315 ......................................................... 124
Auxiliary terminals, arrangement ....................... 208 Braking torques ......................................... 159, 161
Braking work...................................................... 159
B Built-in encoder ................................................. 197
Backstop.............................................................. 95 Built-in encoders.................................................. 89
BE – 11.............................................................. 128 C
BE05 – 2............................................................ 128
BE20.................................................................. 129 Cable gland
BE30 – 32.......................................................... 129 NPT ................................................................ 39
BE60 – 122........................................................ 130 Changing the blocking direction .......................... 95
Bearing lubrication............................................. 101 Changing the brake disk
Bearings BE05 – 122................................................... 133
Reinforced .............................................. 94, 102 Changing the brake spring
Brake BE05 – 122................................................... 136
BE05 – 2....................................................... 128 Changing the braking torque
BE1 – 11....................................................... 128 BE05 – 122................................................... 135
BE20............................................................. 129 Changing the magnet body
BE30 – 32..................................................... 129 BE05 – 122................................................... 138
BE60 – 122................................................... 130 Condensation drain holes.................................... 30
Braking torques ............................................ 159 Connecting diagnostic unit .................................. 79
Braking work................................................. 159 Connecting diagnostic unit /DUE....................... 152
Working air gap ............................................ 159 Connecting the motor .......................................... 60
Brake connection................................................. 78 AB.., AD.., AM.., AK.., AC.., AS plug connectors
75
Brake control ......................................... 48, 78, 170
IS plug connector ........................................... 71
21927189/EN – 07/15
BG ................................................................ 199
KC1 terminal strip........................................... 77
BGE.............................................................. 199
KCC terminal strip .......................................... 76
BMP3.1......................................................... 204
Terminal box....................................... 61, 62, 63
BSG.............................................................. 199
via plug connector .......................................... 71
BSR .............................................................. 201
via terminal board........................................... 61
BUR.............................................................. 199
In damp locations or outdoors ........................ 31 DR..71 – 132 .......................................... 15, 114
Mechanical ..................................................... 27 Motor designation ................................................ 23
Installation altitude............................................... 59 Motor feet
Installation notes Retrofitting / modifying motor feet .................. 40
Encoder .......................................................... 91 Motor inspection
Installation regulations......................................... 47 DR..71 – 315, DRN80 – 315 ........................ 119
Installation tolerances.......................................... 31 Motor malfunctions ............................................ 186
Installation, conditions ......................................... 27 Motor protection ........................................ 195, 196
Insulation resistance............................................ 28 TF ......................................................... 195, 196
Insulation, reinforced ........................................... 49 TH......................................................... 195, 196
Intervals for inspection and maintenance .......... 100 Motor protection device ....................................... 48
IS plug connector ................................................ 71 Motor structure
Isolation transformer............................................ 28 DR..160 – 180, DRN132M – 180 ........... 16, 115
K DR..200 – 225, DRN200 – 225 .............. 17, 116
Mounting.............................................................. 30
KC1 terminal strip ................................................ 77 Measuring nipple ............................................ 44
KCC terminal strip ............................................... 76 XH.. encoder mounting adapter ..................... 37
KTY84-130 .......................................................... 84 XV.. encoder mounting adapter...................... 34
L Mounting adapter .......................................... 34, 36
Measuring nipple ............................................ 44
LF ........................................................................ 43
XH.. .............................................................. 112
LF air filter ........................................................... 43
XV................................................. 108, 109, 111
Low-speed motors ............................................... 56
Mounting XH........................................................ 37
Low-voltage equipment ....................................... 47
Mounting XV.. ...................................................... 34
Lubricant table ................................................... 176
Lubrication ......................................................... 101 N
M Nameplate ........................................................... 20
Non-SEW encoder mounting............................... 34
Maintenance ........................................................ 98
Notes
Maintenance intervals ....................................... 100
Designation in the documentation .................... 6
Malfunctions ...................................................... 185
Meaning of the hazard symbols ....................... 7
Malfunctions when operating with a frequency in-
verter ............................................................ 190 O
Measuring nipple mounting adapter .................... 44
Operating currents............................................. 163
Mechanical installation ........................................ 27
Operation with frequency inverter ....................... 48
Motor
Options ................................................................ 24
Connect via terminal board ............................ 61
Electrical......................................................... 82
Connecting the terminal strip.......................... 76
Mechanical ..................................................... 43
Connecting via plug connector ....................... 71
Other applicable documentation.......................... 12
Connection ..................................................... 60
Drying ............................................................. 28 P
21927189/EN – 07/15
21927189/EN – 07/15
R13T
Für alle Motoren mit einer Drehzahl, For all single-speed motors, direct Pour tous les moteurs mono vitesse,
direkte Einschaltung oder YΔ-Anlauf on-line starting or star delta starting démarrage direct ou démarrage YΔ
[1] [2]
W2 U2 V2
U2 V2 W2
U1 V1 W1
U1 V1 W1
[3]
L1 L2 L3
68151 XX 06 01 01
[1] [2]
U2 V2 W2 W2 U2 V2
U1 V1 W1
U1 V1 W1
[3]
L1 L2 L3
68151 XX 06 02 00
Für diese technischen Unterlagen behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor / Copyright reserved / Tous droits de modification réservés
SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Postfach 3023 D-76642 Bruchsal Tel. ( 07251 ) 75-0 Fax ( 07251 ) 75-1970 http://www.sew.de
Schaltbild/ Circuit diagram/ Schéma de branchement 68 151 04 06
Drehstrommotor / AC Motor / Moteur triphasé DE,EN,FR Seite/Page 2/2
R13T
Belegungsplan / Terminal assignment diagram / Affectation des bornes 66 000 xx 06 ML
Motorschutz mit PTC-Widerstand Motor protection with PTC-resistance Protection du moteur par résistance
(TF) oder Bimetallschalter (TH/TS) (TF) or bimetallic switch (TH/TS) PTC (TF) ou relais bilame (TH/TS)
1b 1b 2b
oder/or/ou
1B 2B
2b TF/TH/TS TF/TH/TS
68151 XX 06 03 01
Thermische Motorinformation mit Thermal motor information with Information thermique de moteur
KY(KTY84-130), PT(Pt100) oder KY(KTY84-130), PT(Pt100) or avec KTY84-130 (KY), PT(Pt100) ou
PK(Pt1000) PK(Pt1000) PK(Pt1000)
1b 2b
1b
PK (RD) PK(BK)
1B 2B oder/or/ou
2b PT (RD) PT (WH)
KY+ (RD) KY- (BU)
68151 XX 06 04 02
1b 1b 2b
1B 2B oder/or/ou
2b Hx Hx
68151 XX 06 05 01
Für diese technischen Unterlagen behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor / Copyright reserved / Tous droits de modification réservés
SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Postfach 3023 D-76642 Bruchsal Tel. ( 07251 ) 75-0 Fax ( 07251 ) 75-1970 http://www.sew.de
Drive Technology \ Drive Automation \ System Integration \ Services *21932786_0515*
Table of contents
1 General information .................................................................................................................. 5
1.1 About this documentation ............................................................................................... 5
1.2 Structure of the safety notes .......................................................................................... 5
1.3 Rights to claim under limited warranty ........................................................................... 6
1.4 Exclusion of liability ........................................................................................................ 7
1.5 Product names and trademarks ..................................................................................... 7
1.6 Copyright notice ............................................................................................................. 7
5 Startup ...................................................................................................................................... 83
5.1 Checking the oil level ................................................................................................... 83
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 3
Table of contents
6 Inspection/maintenance.......................................................................................................... 88
6.1 General information ...................................................................................................... 88
6.2 Wearing parts ............................................................................................................... 90
6.3 Inspection/maintenance intervals ................................................................................. 92
6.4 Lubricant change intervals ........................................................................................... 93
6.5 Maintenance of AL/AM/AQ./EWH adapter ................................................................... 93
6.6 AD input shaft assembly maintenance ......................................................................... 94
6.7 Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit ..................................................................... 95
4 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
General information
About this documentation 1
1 General information
1.1 About this documentation
This documentation is an integral part of the product. The documentation is intended
for all employees who perform assembly, installation, startup, and service work on the
product.
Make sure this documentation is accessible and legible. Ensure that persons respon-
sible for the machinery and its operation as well as persons who work on the device
independently have read through the documentation carefully and understood it. If you
are unclear about any of the information in this documentation or require further infor-
mation, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
SIGNAL WORD
Type and source of hazard.
Possible consequence(s) if disregarded.
• Measure(s) to prevent the hazard.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 5
1 General information
Rights to claim under limited warranty
6 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
General information
Exclusion of liability 1
1.4 Exclusion of liability
Read the information in this documentation, otherwise safe operation is impossible.
You must comply with the information contained in this documentation to achieve the
specified product characteristics and performance features. SEW‑EURODRIVE as-
sumes no liability for injury to persons or damage to equipment or property resulting
from non-observance of these operating instructions. In such cases,
SEW‑EURODRIVE assumes no liability for defects.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 7
2 Safety notes
Preliminary information
2 Safety notes
2.1 Preliminary information
The following basic safety notes must be read carefully to prevent injury to persons
and damage to property. The user must ensure that the basic safety notes are read
and observed. Ensure that persons responsible for the machinery and its operation as
well as persons who work on the unit independently have read through the documen-
tation carefully and understood it. If you are unclear about any of the information in
this documentation, or if you require further information, please contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE.
The following safety notes are primarily concerned with the use of the unit described in
these operating instructions. If you use other components from SEW‑EURODRIVE, al-
so refer to the safety notes for these particular components in the corresponding docu-
mentation.
Also observe the additional safety notes provided in the individual chapters of this
document.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury or risk of injury during the operation of motors or gearmotors
caused by live, bare (in the event of open connectors/terminal boxes) and movable
or rotating parts.
Danger of fatal injury.
• All work related to transport, storage, installation, assembly, connection, startup,
maintenance and repair may only be carried out by qualified personnel.
• For transport, storage, installation, assembly, connection, startup, maintenance
and repair note the following documents:
– Warning and safety signs on the motor/gearmotor
– All the project planning documents, startup instructions and wiring diagrams
related to the drive
– System-specific regulations and requirements
– National/regional regulations governing safety and the prevention of acci-
dents.
• Never install damaged products.
• Never operate or energize the unit without the necessary protection covers or
housing.
• Use the unit only for its intended purpose.
• Make sure installation and operation are correct.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
INFORMATION
Submit any complaint to the shipping company immediately in the event of transpor-
tation damage.
8 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Safety notes
Target group 2
2.3 Target group
Any mechanical work may only be performed by adequately qualified personnel.
Qualified personnel in the context of this documentation are persons familiar with the
design, mechanical installation, troubleshooting and servicing of the product, who pos-
sess the following qualifications:
• Training in mechanical engineering, e.g. as a mechanic or mechatronics technician
(final examinations must have been passed).
• They are familiar with these operating instructions.
Any electronic work may only be performed by adequately skilled person (electrically).
Skilled person (electrically) in the context of this documentation are persons familiar
with electrical installation, startup, troubleshooting and servicing of the product, who
possess the following qualifications:
• Training in electrical engineering, e.g. as an electrician, electronics or mechatron-
ics technician (final examinations must have been passed).
• They are familiar with these operating instructions.
All work in the areas of transportation, storage, operation and waste disposal must be
carried out by persons who are trained appropriately.
All qualified personnel must wear appropriate protective clothing.
2.6 Transportation/storage
Inspect the shipment for damage as soon as you receive the delivery. Inform the ship-
ping company immediately about any damage. If necessary postpone motor startup.
Tighten attached lifting eyes securely. The lifting eyes are designed to carry only the
weight of the motor/gear unit/gearmotor. Do not apply any additional loads.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 9
2 Safety notes
Installation
The installed lifting eyebolts are in accordance with DIN 580. Observe the loads and
regulations specified there. If the motor/gear unit/gearmotor has 2 lifting eye lugs or
lifting eyebolts, then you should also use both lifting eye lugs for attaching transport
ropes. In this case, the tension force vector of the slings must not exceed a 45° angle
in accordance with DIN 580.
Use suitable, sufficiently rated handling equipment, that can be used for further trans-
port.
In case the motor/gear unit/gearmotor is not installed immediately store it dry, free of
dust and not outdoors. Do not store the motor/gearmotor on the fan guard. The motor/
gear unit/gearmotor can be stored for up to 9 months without requiring any special
measures before startup.
2.7 Installation
NOTICE
Danger due to static overdetermination if gear units with foot (e.g. KA19/29B,
KA127/157B or FA127/157B) are mounted both via the torque arm and via the foot
plate.
Risk of injuries and damage to property.
• Especially with the KA.9B/T design, it is not permitted to use the foot plates and
the torque arm at the same time.
• Attach the KA 9B/T design only via the torque arm.
• Attach the K.9 or KA.9B design only via the foot plate.
• If you want to use foot plates and torque arms for mounting, contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE.
2.8 Startup/operation
Check the oil level before startup as described in chapter Inspection/Mainte-
nance (→ 2 88).
Check for proper direction of rotation in decoupled state. Listen out for unusual grind-
ing noises as the shaft rotates.
Secure the key for the test run without output elements. Do not deactivate monitoring
and protection devices even for a test run.
Switch off the gearmotor if in doubt whenever changes occur in relation to normal op-
eration (e.g. increased temperature, unusual noise, vibration). Determine the cause. It
may be necessary to contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
2.9 Inspection/maintenance
Observe the notes in chapter "Inspection/Maintenance"!
10 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Gear unit structure
Basic structure of helical gear units 3
3 Gear unit structure
INFORMATION
The following figures are block diagrams. Their purpose is only to make it easier to
assign components to the spare parts lists. Discrepancies may occur depending on
the gear unit size and version.
[59]
[20]
[24]
[515] [101]
[516]
[517] [100]
[47] [1]
[102]
[2] [45]
[59]
[43]
[181]
[42] [3]
[41]
[6] [25]
[88]
[22]
[11] [17]
[12]
[9]
[19]
[521]
[522]
[8] [7] [523]
[59]
[31] [30]
[32]
[34] [4]
[5]
[37]
[506]
[39] [507]
[131] [508]
9007199273935243
[5] Pinion shaft [25] Rolling bearing [59] Screw plug [517] Shim
[6] Gear [30] Rolling bearing [88] Retaining ring [521] Shim
[7] Output shaft [31] Key [100] Inspection cover [522] Shim
[8] Key [32] Spacer tube [101] Hex head screw [523] Shim
[9] Oil seal [34] Rolling bearing [102] Gasket
[11] Rolling bearing [37] Rolling bearing [131] Closing cap
[12] Retaining ring [39] Retaining ring [181] Closing cap
[17] Spacer tube [41] Retaining ring [506] Shim
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 11
3 Gear unit structure
Basic structure of parallel-shaft helical gear units
[160]
[19]
[102]
[88]
[94]
[25] [521] [100]
[92] [522]
[93]
[91] [523] [101]
[7]
[59]
[17]
[6]
[9]
[11]
[81]
[14]
[16]
9007199274039051
[1] Pinion [22] Gear unit housing [91] Retaining ring [506] Shim
[2] Gear [25] Rolling bearing [92] Washer [507] Shim
[3] Pinion shaft [30] Rolling bearing [93] Lock washer [508] Shim
[4] Gear [31] Key [94] Hex head screw [515] Shim
[5] Pinion shaft [32] Spacer tube [100] Inspection cover [516] Shim
[6] Gear [37] Rolling bearing [101] Hex head screw [517] Shim
[7] Hollow shaft [39] Retaining ring [102] Gasket [521] Shim
[9] Oil seal [41] Retaining ring [131] Closing cap [522] Shim
[11] Rolling bearing [42] Rolling bearing [160] Closing plug [523] Shim
[14] Hex head screw [43] Key [161] Closing cap
[16] Output flange [45] Rolling bearing [165] Closing plug
[17] Spacer tube [59] Screw plug [181] Closing cap
[19] Key [81] Shield ring [183] Oil seal
[20] Breather valve [88] Retaining ring
21932786/EN – 05/2015
12 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Gear unit structure
Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units K..19/K..29 3
3.3 Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units K..19/K..29
[95]
[94]
[93]
[92]
[91]
[183]
[521]
[522] [88]
[523]
[25]
[6]
[19]
[7]
[518] [11]
[519]
[520]
[12]
[9]
[159]
[168]
[20]
[59] [538]
[22] [537]
[167] [44] [536]
[1]
[26]
[36] [43] [5]
[48] [532]
[193] [531]
[42] [530]
[141]
[45]
[163]
[2] [115]
9007206676351499
[1] Pinion [26] Housing 1. Stage [94] Hex head screw [520] Shim
[2] Gear [36] Stud [95] Protection cap [521] Shim
[5] Pinion shaft [42] Tapered roller bearing [115] Retaining ring [522] Shim
[6] Gear [43] Key [141] Bushing [523] Shim
[7] Hollow shaft [44] Gasket [159] Closing plug [530] Shim
21932786/EN – 05/2015
[9] Oil seal [45] Tapered roller bearing [163] Supporting ring [531] Shim
[11] Rolling bearing [50] Bevel gear set [167] Closing plug [532] Shim
[12] Retaining ring [59] Screw plug [168] Protection cap [536] Shim
[19] Key [88] Retaining ring [183] Oil seal [537] Shim
[20] Breather valve [91] Retaining ring [193] Closing plug [538] Shim
[22] Gear unit housing [92] Washer [518] Shim
[25] Deep groove ball bear- [93] Lock washer [519] Shim
ing
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 13
3 Gear unit structure
Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units K..39/K..49
[7]
[518]
[17]
[519] [11]
[520]
[12] [19]
[101]
[10]
[9] [8]
[20]
[100]
[102] [5]
[48] [1]
[45]
[43]
[59]
[22] [536]
[537] [42]
[538]
[113]
[2]
14457456395
[1] Pinion [12] Retaining ring [48] Supporting ring [518] Shim
[2] Gear [17] Spacer tube [50] Bevel gear set [519] Shim
[5] Pinion shaft [19] Key [59] Screw plug [520] Shim
[6] Gear [20] Breather valve [88] Retaining ring [521] Shim
[7] Hollow shaft [22] Gear unit housing [89] Closing cap [522] Shim
[8] Key [25] Deep groove ball bear- [100] Inspection cover [523] Shim
ing
[9] Oil seal [42] Tapered roller bearing [101] Hex head screw [536] Shim
[10] Oil seal [43] Key [102] Gasket [537] Shim
[11] Deep groove ball bear- [45] Tapered roller bearing [113] Slotted nut [538] Shim
ing
21932786/EN – 05/2015
14 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Gear unit structure
Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units K..37 – K..187 3
3.5 Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units K..37 – K..187
[100] [102]
[3] [20]
[536]
[43] [537] [533] [59]
[538] [534] [22]
[535]
[45] [2]
[114]
[101]
[113]
[42] [119] [59]
[116]
[523] [89] [59]
[522]
[521][88]
[25]
[84] [1]
[19]
[7] [59]
[8]
[6] [59]
[83] [17]
[11]
[12]
[9] [161]
[132]
[133]
[31]
[30] [542]
[543]
[135] [544]
[4]
[5]
[131] [37]
[506]
[507]
[137] [508]
[39]
9007199274042123
[9] Oil seal [59] Screw plug [135] Shield ring [542] Shim
[11] Rolling bearing [83] Shield ring [137] Supporting ring [543] Shim
[12] Retaining ring [84] Shield ring [161] Closing cap [544] Shim
[17] Spacer tube [88] Retaining ring [506] Shim
[19] Key [89] Closing cap [507] Shim
[20] Breather valve [100] Inspection cover [508] Shim
[22] Gear unit housing [101] Hex head screw [521] Shim
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 15
3 Gear unit structure
Basic structure of helical-worm gear units
[59]
[101] [20]
[506] [100]
[131] [507]
[39] [137]
[37] [102]
[22]
[5]
[43] [30] [2] [61] [59]
[1]
[19]
[89]
[59]
[523] [88]
[25] [522]
[521]
[7]
[6]
[11]
[520]
[12] [519]
[518]
[9]
9007199274045195
[1] Pinion [20] Breather valve [88] Retaining ring [518] Shim
[2] Gear [22] Gear unit housing [89] Closing cap [519] Shim
[5] Worm [25] Rolling bearing [100] Inspection cover [520] Shim
[6] Worm gear [30] Rolling bearing [101] Hex head screw [521] Shim
[7] Output shaft [37] Rolling bearing [102] Gasket [522] Shim
[9] Oil seal [39] Retaining ring [131] Closing cap [523] Shim
[11] Rolling bearing [43] Key [137] Supporting ring
[12] Retaining ring [59] Screw plug [506] Shim
[19] Key [61] Retaining ring [507] Shim
21932786/EN – 05/2015
16 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Gear unit structure
Basic structure of SPIROPLAN® gear units W..10 – W..30 3
Basic
structure
SPIROPLA
N®
– gear
units of
W..10
W..30
[100] [101]
[65]
[66]
[102] [68]
[71] [143]
[72]
[1]
[22]
[89]
[88]
[521]
[522]
[523]
[25]
[6]
[19] [250]
[251]
[17]
[8]
[7]
[11]
[518]
[519]
[12] [520]
[9]
9007199274048267
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 17
3 Gear unit structure
Basic structure of SPIROPLAN® gear units W..37 – W..47
Basic
structure
SPIROPLA
N®
– gear
units of
W..37
W..47
[521]
[89]
[522]
[523] [88]
[6] [25]
[22]
[19]
[7]
[8]
[59] [5]
[518] [33]
[519] [11]
[520] [32]
[12]
[9] [59]
[44] [133] [1]
[506] [37]
[5]
[31]
[30]
[137]
[2]
[61]
[26] [36]
18014399115354379
[1] Pinion [22] Gear unit housing [59] Screw plug [521] Shim
[2] Gear [25] Deep groove ball [61] Retaining ring [522] Shim
bearing
[5] Pinion shaft [26] Housing stage 1 [88] Retaining ring [523] Shim
[6] Gear [30] Deep groove ball [89] Closing cap
bearing
[7] Output shaft [31] Key [133] Shim
[8] Key [32] Spacer tube [137] Shim
[9] Oil seal [33] Retaining ring [506] Shim
[11] Deep groove ball bear- [36] Hex head screw [518] Shim
ing
[12] Retaining ring [37] Deep groove ball [519] Shim
bearing
[19] Key [44] O-ring [520] Shim
21932786/EN – 05/2015
18 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Gear unit structure
Nameplate/type designation 3
3.9 Nameplate/type designation
3.9.1 Gear unit nameplate
The following figure shows an example of a nameplate for a helical-bevel gear unit
with input cover:
76646 Bruchsal/Germany
[1] K87 AD4
[2] 01.0123456789.0001.14 IM M1A
na r/min 1400/20 i 70,46
Mamax Nm 2700 Memax Nm 41 kg 105
Made in Germany
9007203726759691
hub
Flange key figure 80
Variants /1
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 19
3 Gear unit structure
Nameplate/type designation
[16]
76646 Bruchsal/Germany
[1] R67 DRN90L4/BE2
[2] 01.1207730226.0001.14 Inverter duty VPWM 3~IEC60034
[17]
18014411882555659
21932786/EN – 05/2015
20 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Gear unit structure
Nameplate/type designation 3
3.9.4 Type designation gearmotor
The type designation of the gearmotor starts from the component on the output end.
For instance, a multi-stage helical-bevel gearmotor with temperature sensor in the mo-
tor winding has the following type designation:
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 21
4 Mechanical installation
Prerequisites for installation
4 Mechanical installation
4.1 Prerequisites for installation
NOTICE
Damage to the gear unit/gearmotor due to improper installation.
Damage to property.
• Observe the following notes.
Make sure that the following requirements are met before you start installing the unit:
• The drive has not been damaged during transportation or storage.
• The entries on the nameplate of the gearmotor match the voltage supply system.
• In case of abrasive ambient conditions, the output end oil seals must be protected
against wear.
• Output shafts and flange surfaces must be completely free from anti-corrosion
agent and any kind of pollution. Use a commercially available solvent to clean the
flange surfaces. Note that solvent damages the oil seal. Do not let the solvent
come into contact with the sealing lips of the oil seals.
• For standard drives:
– Check if the gear unit/gearmotor is designed for the ambient temperatures. For
the application limits refer to the technical documentation, the nameplate or the
lubricant table (see chapter "Lubricant table (→ 2 149)").
– Make sure the environment contains no hazardous substances (oils, acids,
gases, vapors, dusts,...) or radiation.
• For special designs:
– Check if the gear unit/gearmotor is designed for the ambient temperatures. You
find the application limits on the nameplate.
• With helical-worm/SPIROPLAN®gear units:
– Note that no large external mass moments of inertia must be present, which
could exert a retrodriving load on the gear unit.
– Note the self-locking at η’ (retrodriving) < 0.5.
Calculation of η’: η’ = 2- 1/η
• Servomotor mounting:
– The drive may only be mounted if it is ensured that after the mounting the drive
will be sufficiently ventilated. Ventilation prevents heat build-up.
22 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Prerequisites for installation 4
• Mounting device
• Compensation elements (shims and spacing rings)
• Fasteners for input and output elements
• Lubricant (e.g. NOCO® fluid)
• Threadlocker compound for input cover with centering shoulder (e.g. Loctite® 243)
INFORMATION
Standard parts are not included in the delivery.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 23
4 Mechanical installation
Installing the gear unit
CAUTION
Risk of injury due to improper installation/disassembly
Severe personal injury and damage to property.
• Work on the gear unit only when the machine is not in use.
• Secure the drive unit against unintentional power-up.
• Prevent heavy component parts (e.g. shrink disks) against falling during installa-
tion/disassembly.
CAUTION
Risk of injury due to protruding gear unit parts.
Severe injuries
• Keep a sufficient safety distance to the gear unit/gearmotor.
NOTICE
Danger due to static overdetermination if gear units with foot (e.g. KA19/29B,
KA127/157B or FA127/157B) are mounted both via the torque arm and via the foot
plate.
Risk of injuries and damage to property.
• Especially with the KA.9B/T design, it is not permitted to use the foot plates and
the torque arm at the same time.
• Attach the KA 9B/T design only via the torque arm.
• Attach the K.9 or KA.9B design only via the foot plate.
• If you want to use foot plates and torque arms for mounting, contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE.
NOTICE
Damage to gear unit/gearmotor due to cold air currents. Condensed water in the
gear unit can cause damage.
Damage to property.
• Protect the gear unit from direct cold air currents.
INFORMATION
When installing the gear unit, make sure that the oil level and drain plugs as well as
the breather plugs are easily accessible!
Mounting position The gear unit or gearmotor is only allowed to be installed in the specified mounting po-
21932786/EN – 05/2015
sition. Observe the information on the nameplate. SPIROPLAN® gear units of sizes
W10-W30 do not depend on a particular mounting position.
24 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Installing the gear unit 4
Oil fill volume Check the oil fill depending on the mounting position (for information on the fill quantity
refer to the nameplate or chapter "Lubricant fill quantities" (→ 2 151)). Control the oil
fill level at this opportunity. See chapter "Inspection/maintenance for the gear
unit" (→ 2 95). The gear units are filled with the required oil quantity at the factory.
There may be slight deviations at the oil level plug as a result of the mounting position,
which are permitted within the manufacturing tolerances.
Adjust the lubricant fill volumes and the position of the breather valve accord-
ingly in the event of a change of mounting position. Observe chapter "Lubricant fill
quantities" (→ 2 151) and chapter "Mounting Positions" (→ 2 110).
Consult the SEW customer service if you intend to change the mounting position of K
gear to M5 or M6 or between M5 and M6.
Please contact our SEW customer service if you want to change the mounting position
of size S47 – S97 helical-worm gear units to mounting position M2 or M3.
Submounting The support structure must have the following characteristics:
• Level
• Vibration damping
• Torsionally rigid
The following table shows the maximally permitted flatness defect for foot- and flange-
mounting (guide values based on DIN ISO 1101):
Secure the gearmotors not listed in the table using quality 8.8 screws.
Corrosion protec- Use plastic inserts (2 – 3 mm thick) if there is a risk of electrochemical corrosion be-
tion for screw con- tween the gear unit and the driven machine. The material used must have an electrical
nections leakage resistance < 109 Ω. Electrochemical corrosion can occur between various
metals, for example, cast iron and stainless steel. Also fit the screws with plastic
washers. Additionally ground the housing. Use grounding screws on the motor.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 25
4 Mechanical installation
Installing the gear unit
Mount the specified gearmotors in flange-mounted design with the following increased
tightening torques:
Flange Ø Gear unit Screw/nut Tightening torque ± 10%
mm Strength class 10.9
Nm
120 RF37 M6 16.5
140 RF37/RF47 M8 40.1
160 RF57 M8 40.1
450 RF147 M20 661
550 RF167 M20 661
60ZR RZ37 M8 40
70ZR RZ47 M8 40
80ZR RZ57 M10 79
95ZR RZ67 M10 79
110ZR RZ77 M10 79
130ZR RZ87 M12 137
250 FF77/KF77/ FAF77/KAF77 M12 137
21932786/EN – 05/2015
26 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Installing the gear unit 4
4.2.2 Gear unit mounting
INFORMATION
If you use the gear unit in flange-mounted design or foot/flange-mounted design with
VARIGEAR® variable speed gear units, use screws of 10.9 quality and suitable wash-
ers for flange mounting on customer side.
To improve the friction contact between flange and mounting surface,
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends anaerobic gaskets or anaerobic glue.
is M8.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 27
4 Mechanical installation
Installing the gear unit
NOTICE
Dirt and dust in the environment affect the function of the breather valve.
Possible damage to property.
• Check the breather valve function regularly and replace it if necessary.
• In case of high dirt and dust load use a breather filter instead of a breather valve.
28 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Installing the gear unit 4
The following table lists gear units that do not require venting:
9007199466060043
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 29
4 Mechanical installation
Installing the gear unit
211316875
211314699
NOTICE
Paint can block the breather valve and damage the sealing lips of the oil seals.
Damage to property.
• Thoroughly cover the breather valve and sealing lip of the oil seals with strips pri-
or to painting/re-painting.
• Remove the strips after painting.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
30 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Gear unit with solid shaft 4
4.3 Gear unit with solid shaft
4.3.1 Information about assembly
INFORMATION
Assembly of the shaft is easier if you first apply lubricant to the output element or
heat it up briefly (80 °C – 100 °C).
NOTICE
Damage to bearing, housing or shafts due to incorrect mounting
Possible damage to property.
• Only use a mounting device for installing input and output elements (see chapter
"Using the mounting device" (→ 2 31)). Use the threaded centering bore at the
shaft end.
• Never force belt pulleys, couplings, pinions, etc. onto the shaft end by hitting
them with a hammer.
• In the case of belt pulleys, make sure the belt is tensioned correctly in accord-
ance with the manufacturer's instructions.
• Make sure the transmission elements are balanced after fitting and do not give
rise to any impermissible radial or axial forces. For the approved values, refer to
the catalog "Gearmotors" or "Explosion-Proof Drives".
[3]
211368587
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 31
4 Mechanical installation
Gear unit with solid shaft
[A] [B]
211364235
CAUTION
Risk of injury due to moving drive elements, such as belt pulleys or couplings, during
operation.
Risk of jamming and crushing.
• Equip the input and output elements with a touch guard.
211395595
21932786/EN – 05/2015
32 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Torque arms for shaft-mounted gear units 4
4.4 Torque arms for shaft-mounted gear units
NOTICE
Damage to gear unit due to improper installation.
Damage to the gear unit
• Do not place torque arms under strain during installation.
• Always use bolts of quality 8.8 to fasten torque arms.
c
[4] [3]
a ΔL
[1]
ød
[2]
øb +0.5
18014398720848395
Proceed as follows:
1. Use screws [1] and washers [2] according to the following table.
2. Secure the screw connection with a nut [3].
3. Tighten the screw [1] until the preload "Δ L" of the rubber buffers is reached ac-
cording to the table:
Gear unit Washer Rubber buffer
a d b c ΔL
mm mm mm mm mm
F..27 /G 5 40 12.5 20 1
F..37 /G 5 40 12.5 20 1
F..47 /G 5 40 12.5 20 1.5
F..57 /G 5 40 12.5 20 1.5
F..67 /G 5 40 12.5 20 1.5
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 33
4 Mechanical installation
Torque arms for shaft-mounted gear units
4.4.2 Mounting torque arms for helical-bevel gear unit K..19 – K..49
The following figure shows the torque support for the helical-bevel gear units
K..19 – K..49:
45°
B A
[1]
9007206972372491
21932786/EN – 05/2015
34 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Torque arms for shaft-mounted gear units 4
4.4.3 Mounting torque arms for helical-bevel gear unit K..37 – K..157
The following figure shows the torque support for the helical-bevel gear units K..37 –
K..157.
B A
[1]
9007199466103051
Proceed as follows:
1. Apply bearings to both sides of the bushing [1].
2. Mount connection side B so that it mirrors side A.
3. Use screws and tightening torques according to the following table:
Gear unit Screws Tightening torque ± 10 %
Nm
K..37 /T 4 × M10 × 25 – 8.8 48
K..47 /T 4 × M10 × 30 – 8.8 48
K..57 /T 4 × M12 × 35 – 8.8 86
K..67 /T 4 × M12 × 35 – 8.8 86
K..77 /T 4 × M16 × 40 – 8.8 210
K..87 /T 4 × M16 × 40 – 8.8 210
K..97 /T 4 × M20 × 50 – 8.8 410
K..107 /T 4 × M24 × 60 – 8.8 710
K..127 /T 4 × M36 × 130 – 8.8 2500
K..157 /T 4 × M36 × 130 – 8.8 2500
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 35
4 Mechanical installation
Torque arms for shaft-mounted gear units
45º
[1]
9007199466232715
[1] Bushing
Proceed as follows:
1. Apply bearings to both sides of the bushing [1].
2. Use screws and tightening torques according to the following table:
Gear unit Screws Tightening torque ± 10 %
Nm
S..37 /T 4 x M6 × 16 – 8.8 11
S..47 /T 4 x M8 × 25 – 8.8 25
S..57 /T 6 x M8 × 25 – 8.8 25
S..67 /T 4 x M12 × 35 – 8.8 86
S..77 /T 4 x M12 × 35 – 8.8 86
S..87 /T 4 x M16 × 45 – 8.8 210
S..97 /T 4 x M16 × 50 – 8.8 210
21932786/EN – 05/2015
36 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Torque arms for shaft-mounted gear units 4
4.4.5 Mounting torque arms for SPIROPLAN® W gear units
The following figure shows the toque support for SPIROPLAN® W gear units.
45º
[1]
9007199466230539
[1] Bushing
Proceed as follows:
1. Apply bearings to both sides of the bushing [1].
2. Use screws and tightening torques according to the following table:
Gear unit Screws Tightening torque ± 10 %
Nm
W..10 /T 4 x M6 × 16 - 8.8 11
W..20 /T 4 x M6 × 16 - 8.8 11
W..30 /T 4 x M6 × 16 - 8.8 11
W..37 /T 4 x M8 × 20 - 8.8 25
W..47 /T 4 x M10 × 20 - 8.8 48
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 37
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear units with keyway or splined hollow shaft
INFORMATION
Concerning the configuration of the customer shaft, please also refer to the design
notes in the "Gearmotors" catalog.
®
O
C
O I
N U
L
F
®
O
C
O I
N U
L
F
9007199466257163
2. Install the shaft and secure it axially. For easier mounting, use a mounting device.
Following a description of the 3 mounting types, depending on the scope of deliv-
ery.
• Mount customer shaft (standard scope of delivery):
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
9007199466259339
38 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear units with keyway or splined hollow shaft 4
• Mount customer shaft with contact shoulder using the SEW‑EURODRIVE as-
sembly/disassembly kit:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
9007199466261515
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
9007199466263691
3. Tighten the retaining screw to the appropriate torque. Observe the tightening tor-
ques specified in the following table.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
9007199466265867
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 39
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear units with keyway or splined hollow shaft
INFORMATION
To avoid contact corrosion, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends that the customer shaft
should be lathed down between the 2 contact surfaces.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
9007199466268043
Proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the retaining screw [1].
2. Remove parts [2] to [4] and, if applicable, the spacer tube [5].
3. Insert the forcing washer [8] and the fixed nut [7] from the SEW‑EURODRIVE as-
sembly/disassembly kit between the customer shaft [6] and the retaining ring [4]
(see "SEW‑EURODRIVE assembly/disassembly kit" (→ 2 42)).
21932786/EN – 05/2015
40 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear units with keyway or splined hollow shaft 4
4. Re-install the retaining ring [4].
5. Re-install the retaining screw [1]. Press the gear unit off the shaft by tightening the
screw.
[1]
[4]
[7]
[8]
[6]
9007199466270219
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 41
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear units with keyway or splined hollow shaft
INFORMATION
The depicted assembly kit for attaching the customer shaft is a recommendation by
SEW‑EURODRIVE.
• You must always check whether this design can compensate the present axial
loads.
• In particular applications (e.g. mounting agitator shafts), a different design may
have to be used to secure the shaft axially. You can use your own devices to se-
cure the shaft axially, if you ensure that these designs do not cause potential sour-
ces of combustion according to DIN EN 13463 (e.g. impact sparks).
[1]
[7]
[8] [7]
[1]
9007199466272395
For the assembly/disassembly kit part numbers necessary to order, refer to the follow-
ing table:
Gear unit type DH7 M1) C4 C5 C6 U-0.5 T-0.5 D3-0.5 L4 Part number of the
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm installation/
removal kit
WA..10 16 M5 5 5 12 4.5 18 15.7 50 643 712 5
WA..20 18 M6 5 6 13.5 5.5 20.5 17.7 25 643 682 X
KA..19, SA..37, WA..20, WA..30, WA..37, 20 M6 5 6 15.5 5.5 22.5 19.7 25 643 683 8
FA..27, KA..29, SA..47, WA..47, 25 M10 5 10 20 7.5 28 24.7 35 643 684 6
FA..37, KA..29, KA..37, KA..39, SA..47, 30 M10 5 10 25 7.5 33 29.7 35 643 685 4
21932786/EN – 05/2015
SA..57, WA..47
FA..47, KA..39, KA..47, KA..49, SA..57 35 M12 5 12 29 9.5 38 34.7 45 643 686 2
FA..57, FA..67, KA..49, KA..57, KA..67, SA..67 40 M16 5 12 34 11.5 41.9 39.7 50 643 687 0
SA..67 45 M16 5 12 38.5 13.5 48.5 44.7 50 643 688 9
FA..77, KA..77, SA..77 50 M16 5 12 43.5 13.5 53.5 49.7 50 643 689 7
FA..87, KA..87, SA..77, SA..87 60 M20 5 16 56 17.5 64 59.7 60 643 690 0
FA..97, KA..97, SA..87, SA..97 70 M20 5 16 65.5 19.5 74.5 69.7 60 643 691 9
FA..107, KA..107 80 M20 5 20 75.5 21.5 85 79.7 70 106 8211 2
42 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear units with keyway or splined hollow shaft 4
Gear unit type DH7 M1) C4 C5 C6 U-0.5 T-0.5 D3-0.5 L4 Part number of the
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm installation/
removal kit
FA..107, KA..107, SA..97 90 M24 5 20 80 24.5 95 89.7 70 643 692 7
FA..127, KA..127 100 M24 5 20 89 27.5 106 99.7 70 643 693 5
FA..157, KA..157 120 M24 5 20 107 31 127 119.7 70 643 694 3
1) Retaining screw
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 43
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with shrink disk
NOTICE
Deformation of the hollow shaft due to tightening the clamping screws without first
installing the shaft.
Damages to the hollow shaft.
• Never tighten the screws without the shaft installed.
Proceed as follows:
1. Slightly loosen the locking screws. Do not remove the locking screws completely.
A B
9007199466274571
2. Carefully degrease the hollow shaft bore and the input shaft using a commercial
solvent.
9007199466276747
®
3. Only apply NOCO fluid to the input shaft around the bushing.
NOTICE
21932786/EN – 05/2015
The hollow shaft mounting system is without function if NOCO® fluid is applied di-
rectly to the bushing. When the input shaft is installed, NOCO® fluid can get into the
clamping area of the shrink disk.
Possible damage to property
• Never apply NOCO® fluid directly to the bushing. The clamping area of the shrink
disk must be absolutely free of grease.
44 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with shrink disk 4
9007199466281099
1-2mm s>0mm
211542283
INFORMATION
The exact values for the tightening torques are shown on the shrink disk.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 45
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with shrink disk
5. After installation, make sure the remaining gap "s" between the outer rings of the
shrink disk is > 0 mm.
6. To prevent corrosion, grease the outside of the hollow shaft around the shrink disk.
INFORMATION
There is no need to dismantle removed shrink disks before they are reinstalled.
Proceed as follows:
1. If the shrink disk is dirty, clean and lubricate the shrink disk.
2. Lubricate the tapered surfaces. Use one of the following solid lubricants:
Lubricant (Mo S2) Sold as
Molykote 321 (lube coat) Spray
Molykote spray (powder spray) Spray
Molykote G Rapid Spray or compound
Aemasol MO 19P Spray or compound
Aemasol DIO-sétral 57 N (lube coat) Spray
21932786/EN – 05/2015
46 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC 4
Shaft-
mounted
gear
with unit
TorqLOC
211941003
3. Attach the Torque arm to the drive unit. Note the information in chapter "Torque
arm for shaft-mounted gear units" (→ 2 33).
5128549131
®
4. Apply NOCO fluid to the bushing. Spread carefully.
O
C
®
O D
N UI
L
F
211938827
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 47
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC
9007199466677643
K..7
F..
S../ W .. /K..9
27021597976166155
9007199466686347
21932786/EN – 05/2015
48 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC 4
8. Secure the bushing with the stop ring. Attach the stop ring to the bushing with the
respective tightening torque. Refer to the following table for the suitable tightening
torque.
9007199466741899
Type Tightening torque Nm
KT/FT ST/WT Nickel-plated (standard) Stainless steel
– 37 10 10
37 47 10 10
39/47 57 10 10
49/57/67 67 25 25
77 77 25 25
87 87 25 25
97 97 25 25
107 – 38 38
127 – 65 65
157 – 150 150
9. Make sure that all screws are loosened and slide the shrink disk onto the hollow
shaft.
9007199466744075
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 49
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC
10.Slide the counter bushing onto the customer shaft and into the hollow shaft.
UID O
®
FL OC
N
9007199466746251
9007199466748427
13.Make sure that the customer shaft is seated in the counter bushing.
9007199466750603
21932786/EN – 05/2015
50 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC 4
14.Manually tighten the screws of the shrink disk. Make sure that the outer rings of the
shrink disk are plane-parallel.
9007199466752779
15.Tighten the clamping screws with the specified tightening torque according to the
following table. Tighten the screws by working round several times from one bolt to
the next (not in diametrically opposite sequence).
> 0mm
18014398721495947
INFORMATION
The exact values for the tightening torques are shown on the shrink disk.
16.After mounting, make sure the remaining gap "s" between the outer rings of the
shrink disk is > 0 mm.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 51
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC
17.Make sure, that the remaining gap between counter bushing and hollow shaft end,
as well as between bushing and stop ring is > 0 mm.
> 0 mm
> 0 mm
s
> 0 mm
18014400858143115
18.Tighten the torque arm. Note the information in chapter "Torque arm for shaft-
mounted gear units" (→ 2 33).
5129142283
5128549131
52 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC 4
3. Slide the bushing onto the customer shaft.
0 mm
2349377035
®
4. Apply NOCO fluid to the bushing. Spread carefully.
O
C
®
O D
N UI
L
F
2349367435
5129650443
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 53
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC
6. Ensure that all screws have been loosened. Slide the shrink disk onto the hollow
shaft.
9007199466744075
7. Slide the counter bushing onto the customer shaft and into the hollow shaft.
UID O
®
FL OC
N
9007199466746251
21932786/EN – 05/2015
9007199466748427
54 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC 4
10.Make sure that the customer shaft is seated in the counter bushing.
9007199466750603
11.Manually tighten the screws of the shrink disk. Make sure that the outer rings of the
shrink disk are plane-parallel.
9007199466752779
12.Tighten the clamping screws with the specified tightening torque according to the
following table. Tighten the screws by working round several times from one bolt to
the next (not in diametrically opposite sequence).
INFORMATION
The exact values for the tightening torques are shown on the shrink disk.
> 0mm
21932786/EN – 05/2015
18014398721495947
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 55
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC
Tightening torque
in Nm
Gear unit type Clamping screws Nickel-plated Stainless steel
10.9 (standard)
ISO 4014 / ISO 4017
- - ST37 WT37 M5 4 5
KT37 FT37 ST47 WT47 M6 12 12
KT39/47/49/
FT47/57/67 ST57/67 - M6 12 12
57/67
KT77/97 FT77/97 ST77/97 - M8 30 30
KT107 FT107 - - M10 59 59
KT127 FT127 - - M12 100 100
KT157 FT157 - - M12 100 100
13.After the installation, make sure the remaining gap between the outer rings of the
shrink disk is > 0 mm.
14.Make sure, that the remaining gap between counter bushing and hollow shaft end,
as well as between bushing and stop ring is > 0 mm.
> 0 mm
> 0 mm
s
> 0 mm
18014400858143115
15.Mount the torque arm and firmly tighten it. Note the information in chapter "Torque
arm for shaft-mounted gear units" (→ 2 33).
21932786/EN – 05/2015
5129142283
56 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC 4
4.7.3 Remove the shaft-mounted gear unit
CAUTION
Risk of burns caused by hot surfaces
Severe injuries
• Let the units cool down before working on them.
Proceed as follows:
1. To prevent the outer rings from jamming, loosen the clamping screws for a quarter
turn, one after the other.
2903644171
2. Unscrew the clamping screws evenly one after the other. Do not remove the
clamping screws completely.
3. Dismantle the conical steel bushing. If required, use the outer rings as pullers. Pro-
ceed as follows:
• Remove all the locking screws.
• Screw the respective number of screws in the tapped holes of the shrink disk.
• Support the inner ring against the gear unit housing.
• Pull off the conical steel bushing by tightening the screws.
4. Remove the gear unit from the shaft.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
2903780235
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 57
4 Mechanical installation
Shaft-mounted gear unit with TorqLOC
21932786/EN – 05/2015
58 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Mounting the cover 4
4.8 Mounting the cover
CAUTION
Injury due to assembly work during operation.
Injury
• Before you begin working on the unit, disconnect the motor from the power sup-
ply. Safeguard the drive against unintentional restart.
1
662284299
1. Slide the rotating cover onto the shrink disk until it snaps in.
1 2
21932786/EN – 05/2015
18497547
1. To fasten the cover, remove the plastic plug on the gear unit housing (see figure 1)
2. Use the delivered screws to mount the cover to the gear unit housing (see figure
2).
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 59
4 Mechanical installation
Mounting the cover
21932786/EN – 05/2015
60 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Coupling of AM adapters 4
4.9 Coupling of AM adapters
4.9.1 Mounting the IEC adapter AM63 – 280/NEMA adapter AM56 – 365
NOTICE
Damage to adapter due to ingression of moisture when mounting a motor to the
adapter.
Damage to the adapter
• Seal the adapter with an anaerobic fluid seal.
INFORMATION
To avoid contact corrosion, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to apply NOCO® fluid to
the motor shaft before mounting the coupling half.
479
481
484
491⃰
A
A IEC AM63 – 280
NEMA ≥ AM182 NEMA ≤ AM145
18014398721581963
Proceed as follows:
1. Clean the motor shaft and flange surfaces of the motor and the adapter.
2. Remove the key from the motor shaft. Replace the key from the motor shaft with
the supplied key [484] (not AM63 and AM250).
21932786/EN – 05/2015
3. Heat the coupling half [479] to approx. 80 °C – 100 °C and push the coupling half
onto the motor shaft. Position as follows:
• IEC adapter AM63 – 225 until stop at motor shaft shoulder.
• IEC adapter AM250 – 280 to distance "A". The values for the distance "A" are lis-
ted in the following table.
• NEMA adapter with spacer tube [491] to distance "A." The values for the distance
"A" are listed in the following table.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 61
4 Mechanical installation
Coupling of AM adapters
4. Secure the key and coupling half using the set screw [481] on the motor shaft. Re-
fer to the following table for the required tightening torque "TA".
5. Check the position of the coupling half. The values for the distance "A" are listed in
the following table.
6. Seal the contact surfaces between the adapter and motor using a suitable sealing
compound.
7. Mount the motor on the adapter. Ensure that the coupling claws of the adapter
shaft are engaged in the plastic cam ring.
IEC AM 63/71 80/90 100/112 132 160/180 200 225 250/280
A 24.5 31.5 41.5 54 76 78.5 93.5 139
TA 1.5 1.5 4.8 4.8 10 17 17 17
Thread M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10
NEMA AM 56 143/145 182/184 213/215 254/256 284/286 324/326 364/365
A 46 43 55 63.5 78.5 85.5 107 107
TA 1.5 1.5 4.8 4.8 10 17 17 17
Thread M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10
21932786/EN – 05/2015
62 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Coupling of AM adapters 4
4.9.2 Permitted loads
NOTICE
Damages to gear unit due to impermissibly high loads when mounting a motor.
Damage to gear unit
• Note that the load data specified in the following table are not to be exceeded.
FR
9007199273254411
Permitted loads for gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, and S..7:
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 63
4 Mechanical installation
Coupling of AM adapters
NOTICE
If the speed is below the minimum lift-off speed of the drive, the backstop is subject
to wear and heats up.
Possible damage to property.
• In nominal operation the lift-off speed of the drive must not drop below the speci-
fied minimum.
• During startup or braking, the lift-off speed of the drive may drop below the mini-
mum levels.
64 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
AQ. adapter coupling 4
4.10 AQ. adapter coupling
4.10.1 Mount adapter AQA80 – 190 (with keyway)/Adapter AQH80 – 190 (without keyway)
NOTICE
Damage to adapter due to ingression of moisture when mounting a motor to the
adapter.
Damage to the adapter
• Seal the adapter with an anaerobic fluid seal.
INFORMATION
For AQA: To avoid contact corrosion, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to apply NO-
CO® fluid to the motor shaft before mounting the coupling half.
For AQH: Using NOCO® fluid is not approved.
AQA AQH
[479]
[479]
[1]
[1]
[2] [3]
A A
9007199466855947
Proceed as follows:
1. Clean the motor shaft and flange surfaces of the motor and the adapter.
2. Design AQH: Loosen the screws of the coupling half [479] and loosen the conical
connection.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
3. AQA/AQH design: Heat the coupling half to approx. 80 °C – 100 °C and push the
coupling half onto the motor shaft until distance "A". The values for the distance "A"
are listed in the table in chapter "Setting standards and tightening tor-
ques (→ 2 66)".
4. Design AQH: Tighten the screws of the coupling half evenly in diametrically oppo-
site sequence, working around several times. The values for the tightening torque
"TA" are listed in the table in chapter "Setting standards and tightening tor-
ques (→ 2 66)".
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 65
4 Mechanical installation
AQ. adapter coupling
5. AQA design: Secure the coupling half using the set screw (see figure).
6. Check the position of the coupling half. The values for the distance "A" are listed in
the table in chapter "Setting standards and tightening torques (→ 2 66)".
7. Mount the motor onto the adapter, making sure that the claws of the two coupling
halves engage in each other.
ð The force that must be applied when joining the two coupling halves is dissipa-
ted after final assembly, so there is no risk of any axial load being applied to ad-
jacent bearings.
CAUTION
Impermissibly high loads may occur when mounting a motor.
Possible damage to property.
• The load data specified in the following table are not to be exceeded.
The following figure shows the permitted force application points for the permitted
maximum weights:
X
21932786/EN – 05/2015
FR
9007199273254411
66 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
AQ. adapter coupling 4
Type x1) FR1)
mm N
AQ80 77 370
AQ100/1/2 113 350
AQ100/3/4 113 315
AQ115 113 300
AQ140/1/2 144 1550
AQ140/3 144 1450
AQ160 144 1450
AQ190/1/2; Flange Ø: 160 186 1250
AQ190/3; Flange Ø: 160 186 1150
AQ190/1/2 186 3750
AQ190/3 186 3400
1) Maximum load values for connection screws of strength class 8.8. As the center
of gravity distance x increases, the maximum permitted weight of the attached
motor R_max must be reduced linearly. As the center of gravity distance x decrea-
ses, the maximum permitted weight FR_max must not be increased.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 67
4 Mechanical installation
EWH adapters
[229]
[230]
°
60
[1]
4557485195
1. Clean and de-grease the hollow shaft hole of the coupling half [479], the motor
shaft sleeve [230], and the motor shaft [1].
2. Insert the motor shaft sleeve [230] into the coupling half [479] so that the slot of the
motor shaft sleeve [230] is at a 60° angle to the two clamping screws [229].
3. Push the coupling half [479] on the shoulder of the motor shaft to the stop.
4. Tighten the clamping screws [229] one after the other with a suitable torque
wrench, first to 25% of the tightening torque specified in the following table.
5. Tighten the two clamping screws [229] to the full specified tightening torque.
Adapter type Motor shaft Number of clamping Tightening torque of Wrench size
diameter screws the clamping screw
in mm in Nm in mm
EWH01 9 2 5.6 3
EWH01 11 2 10 4
21932786/EN – 05/2015
68 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
EWH adapters 4
4.11.2 Permitted loads
NOTICE
Impermissibly high loads may occur when mounting a motor.
Possible damage to property.
• The load data specified in the following table are not to be exceeded.
The following figure shows the permitted force application points for the permitted
maximum weights:
X
FR
9007199273254411
1) Maximum load values for connection screws of strength class 8.8. As the center
of gravity distance x increases, the maximum permitted weight of the attached
motor R_max must be reduced linearly. As the center of gravity distance x decrea-
ses, the maximum permitted weight FR_max must not be increased.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 69
4 Mechanical installation
AD Input shaft assembly
212119307
To mount the motor and to adjust the motor platform proceed as follows:
1. Set the motor platform [1] to the required mounting position by evenly tightening
the adjusting nuts [4].
2. If necessary, remove the eyebolt/lifting eye of the helical gear unit to reach the low-
est adjustment position. Touch up any damage to the paint work.
3. Align the motor on the motor platform [1], so that the shaft ends are in line. Attach
the motor.
4. Mount the drive component onto the input side shaft end and the motor shaft.
5. Align drive component, shaft end and motor shaft. If necessary correct the motor
position again.
6. Put on the traction elements (V-belt, chain, etc.) and apply a preload by evenly ad-
justing the motor platform [1]. Do not stress the motor platform and the columns
against each other when doing this.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
7. To fasten the threaded columns [5] tighten the nuts [4] that are not used for adjust-
ment.
70 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
AD Input shaft assembly 4
4.12.2 Special aspects of AD6/P and AD7/P
Proceed as follows:
1. Unscrew the nuts on the threaded bolts [2] before adjustment, to allow the threa-
ded bolts [2] to move axially in the support [3] without restriction.
2. Only tighten the nuts, when the final adjustment position is reached.
INFORMATION
Do not adjust the motor platform [1] via the support [3].
9007199466862475
Nm
AD2/ZR 25.5 M8 25
AD3/ZR 31.5 M10 48
AD4/ZR 36 M12 86
AD5/ZR 44 M12 86
AD6/ZR 48.5 M16 210
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 71
4 Mechanical installation
AD Input shaft assembly
Permitted loads
NOTICE
Damage to gear unit due to impermissibly high loads when mounting a motor.
Damage to gear unit
• Note that the load data specified in the following table are not to be exceeded.
The following figure shows the permitted force application points for the permitted
maximum weights:
x
FR
9007199466864651
AD4/ZR2) 1120
361
AD4/ZR 3300
AD5/ZR 487 3200
AD6/ZR 567 3900
AD7/ZR 663 10000
72 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
AD Input shaft assembly 4
Type x1) FR1)
mm N
AD8/ZR 516 4300
1) Maximum load values for connection screws of strength class 8.8. As the center
of gravity distance x increases, the maximum permitted weight of the attached
motor R_max must be reduced linearly. As the center of gravity distance x decrea-
ses, the maximum permitted weight FR_max must not be increased.
2) Diameter of the adapter output flange: 160 mm
NOTICE
If the speed is below the minimum lift-off speed of the drive, the backstop is subject
to wear and heats up.
Possible damage to property.
• In nominal operation the lift-off speed of the drive must not drop below the speci-
fied minimum.
• During startup or braking, the lift-off speed of the drive may drop below the mini-
mum levels.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 73
4 Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment
1901048587
INFORMATION
For further information about the AR.. coupling, refer to the "Start-up coupling and
slip clutch AR.. and AT.." operating instructions.
circulates within a closed circuit, between the pump wheel (primary side) [12] on the
driving shaft (motor shaft) and the turbine wheel (secondary side) [9] on the driven
shaft (gear unit input shaft).
74 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment 4
The following figure shows the structure of a drive with hydraulic centrifugal coupling:
[8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14]
[15]
9007201155884683
[1] Gear unit [6] Extended housing com- [11] Operating fluid (hydraulic oil)
plete
[2] Basic flange complete [7] Motor [12] Pump wheel
[3] Backstop (optional) [8] Filler plug [13] Elastic components
[4] Intermediate flange [9] Turbine wheel [14] Flexible connection coupling
INFORMATION
For detailed information about the AT.. coupling, refer to the "Start-up coupling and
slip clutch AR.. and AT.." operating instructions.
4428331403
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 75
4 Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment
INFORMATION
For further information on the evaluation unit, refer to the manual "DUV30A Diagnos-
tic Unit".
4719800843
INFORMATION
For further information on the evaluation unit, refer to the manual "DUV30A Diagnos-
tic Unit".
21932786/EN – 05/2015
76 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment 4
4.13.3 Gear unit heater for gear unit series R..7, F..7, and K..7
An oil heating can be required in order to allow for a smooth startup in the event of a
cold start at low ambient temperatures. An oil heating is available with an external or
an integrated thermostat depending on the gear unit design.
The heater is screwed into the gear unit housing and is controlled via a thermostat.
The limit temperature of the thermostat below which the oil must be heated, is set de-
pending on the respective lubricant.
The following figure shows a gear unit with heater and external thermostat:
[1]
[2]
2060553483
INFORMATION
For further information regarding gear unit heaters, refer to the addendum "Gear unit
heaters for gear unit series R..7, F..7 and K..7" to the operating instructions "Gear
unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W".
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 77
4 Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment
[3]
27021601961007627
INFORMATION
For detailed information about the rigid flange coupling, refer to the "Gear Unit Series
R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7, and SPIROPLAN® W – Rigid flange coupling" addendum to the
operating instructions.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
78 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment 4
4.13.5 Regreasing the labyrinth seal
Labyrinth seals are used to protect the oil seal in case of very high dust load or other
abrasive substances.
Output shaft
The following figure shows an example of a regreasable radial labyrinth seal (tacon-
ite).
• Single oil seal with radial labyrinth seal
• Used in very dusty environments with abrasive particles
9007204406135947
INFORMATION
The gear shaft must rotate during relubrication.
4986644747
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 79
4 Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment
Refilling grease
Regreasable sealing systems can be refilled with lubricating grease. Use moderate
pressure to force grease into each lubrication point until new grease leaks out of the
sealing gap.
Used grease, including contaminants and sand, is in this way pressed out of the seal-
ing gap.
INFORMATION
Immediately remove the old grease that leaked out.
Technical data
Manufacturer Grease
Fuchs Renolit CX TOM 15 OEM
Aral Eural Grease EP2
Aral
Aral Aralube BAB EP2
Aral Oil
INFORMATION
If a customer wants to use a grease that is not listed in the above table, the customer
has to make sure that it is suitable for the intended application.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
80 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment 4
4.13.6 Oil drain valve
The gear unit is equipped with an oil drain plug as standard. An oil drain valve can op-
tionally be installed, that enables attaching a drain pipe for changing the gear unit oil.
4984750475
4986667147
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 81
4 Mechanical installation
Accessory equipment
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[4] [3]
[1]
9007208235792395
[1] Motor for pump and fan [4] Suction pipe connections
[2] Oil-air heat exchanger [5] Pressure pipe connections
[3] Temperature switch with 2 switch- [6] Option: Oil expansion tank connection
ing points
INFORMATION
For more information on the cooling system, refer to the addendum to the operating
instructions "Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7 and SPIROPLAN® W: Oil-air
cooler for splash lubrication /OAC".
21932786/EN – 05/2015
82 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Startup
Checking the oil level 5
5 Startup
CAUTION
Damage to the gear unit due to improper startup.
Possible damage to property.
• Observe the following notes.
• Before startup, always check that the oil level is correct. Refer to the unit's name-
plate for lubricant fill quantities.
• The oil level plugs and oil drain plugs, as well as the breather plugs and breather
valves must be freely accessible.
• The most important technical data is provided on the nameplate. Additional data
relevant for operation is available in drawings and the order confirmation.
• After having gear unit setup, ensure that all retaining screws are tight.
• Make sure that the alignment has not changed after tightening the mounting ele-
ments.
• Prior to startup, ensure that rotating shafts as well as couplings are equipped with
suitable protective covers.
• If the gear unit has an oil sight glass to monitor the oil level, the oil sight glass must
be protected against damage.
• It is essential that there is no open fire or risk of sparks when working on the gear
unit.
• Protect the gear unit from falling objects.
• Remove transport protection prior to startup.
• Strictly observe the safety notes in the individual chapters.
NOTICE
Damage to the gear unit due to oil leaking from the damaged oil sight glass.
Possible damage to the unit.
• Attach a protective device to prevent the oil sight glass from being damaged by
mechanical impacts.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 83
5 Startup
Pseudo-leakage at shaft seals
[1]
4158756363
[1] The oil level must be within this range.
3. Proceed as follows if the oil level is too low:
• Open the respective oil fill plug, see chapter "Inspection/maintenance for the
gear unit (→ 2 95)".
• Fill in new oil of the same type through the oil fill plug up to the mark.
• Screw in the oil fill plug.
Before startup, make sure that the oil level corresponds to the mounting position. Ob-
serve section "Checking the oil level and changing the oil" (→ 2 95).
21932786/EN – 05/2015
84 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Helical-worm gear units and SPIROPLAN® W gear units
Startup
5
Helical-
worm gear
N® Wand
SPIROPLA
units
Worm
i range η reduction
1-start Approx. 50 ... 280 About 12 %
2-start Approx. 20 ... 75 About 6 %
3-start Approx. 20 ... 90 About 3 %
4-start - -
5-start Approx. 6 ... 25 About 3 %
6-start Approx. 7 ... 25 About 2 %
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 85
5 Startup
Gear units with backstop
NOTICE
Operating the motor in the blocking direction could destroy the backstop.
Possible damage to property
• Do not start up the motor in the blocking direction. Before motor startup, make
sure the current supply of the motor for the direction of rotation is connected ac-
cordingly.
• For control purposes, operation in blocking direction with half the output torque is
permitted once.
CCW CW
A
CW
CCW
659173899
The direction of rotation is specified as viewed onto the output shaft (LSS):
• CW rotation
• CCW rotation
The permitted direction of rotation is indicated on the housing.
CAUTION
Health risk due to dangerous gases, vapors, and residue created by heating fluoro-
carbon rubber to > 200 °C.
Damage to health.
• Make sure that components made of fluorocarbon rubber are not exposed to
temperatures > 200 °C. Remove the components, if necessary.
• Avoid inhaling fluorocarbon rubber gases and vapors as well as skin and eye
21932786/EN – 05/2015
contact.
• Avoid contact with the cooled-down fluorocarbon rubber, as dangerous residue
has formed it was heated.
86 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Startup
Components made of elastomers with fluorocarbon rubber 5
Under normal operating conditions and at temperatures up to 200 °C, fluorocarbon
rubber is very stable and safe. However, when heated to more than 300 °C, e.g. by
fire or the flame of a cutting torch, fluorocarbon rubber forms harmful gases and va-
pors as well as residue.
The following components of R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, and SPIROPLAN® W gear
units can contain elastomers made of fluorocarbon rubber:
• Oil seals
• Breather valve
• Screw plugs
The user is responsible for safe handling during the service life including eco-friendly
disposal.
SEW‑EURODRIVE is not responsible for damage caused by improper handling.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 87
6 Inspection/maintenance
General information
6 Inspection/maintenance
6.1 General information
Observe the following notes regarding inspection/maintenance work at the gear unit:
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Disconnect the gearmotor from the power supply before you start working on the
unit.
• Prevent the gearmotor from starting up unintentionally (for example, by locking
the key switch or removing the fuses from the current supply).
WARNING
Risk of injury if preloaded shaft connections are loosened.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Before releasing any shaft connections, make sure there is no active torsional
torque present that could lead to tension within the system.
WARNING
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it.
• Carefully remove the oil level plug and the oil drain plug.
NOTICE
Loss of lubricant qualities due to filling of wrong gear unit oil.
Damage to the gear unit
• Do not mix different synthetic lubricants and do not mix synthetic and mineral lu-
bricants.
• As standard lubricant use mineral oil.
NOTICE
Ingression of water at the sealing lip of the oil seal due to cleaning the gear unit with
a high-pressure cleaning device.
Damage to oil seals
• Do not clean the variable-speed gear unit with a high-pressure cleaning device.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
88 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
General information 6
NOTICE
Damage to gear unit due to ingress of foreign objects during maintenance and in-
spection work.
Destruction of the gear unit.
• Prevent foreign particles from entering into the gear unit during maintenance and
inspection work.
NOTICE
Damage to gear unit due to improper inspection and maintenance work.
Damage to the gear unit
• It is important that you observe the notes in this chapter.
INFORMATION
• Maintain the inspection and maintenance intervals. This is necessary to ensure
operational safety.
• The position of the oil level plug, oil drain plug and the breather valve depends on
the mounting position. Refer to the mounting position sheets in chapter "Mounting
positions".
• Perform safety and functional check following all maintenance and repair work.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 89
6 Inspection/maintenance
Wearing parts
90 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Wearing parts 6
Due to the various influencing factors it is not possible to predict the service life.
Therefore the oil seals must be inspected regularly. Note the respective inspection
and maintenance intervals in chapters Inspection/maintenance intervals (→ 2 92),
Lubricant change intervals (→ 2 93), Maintenance of AL/AM/AQ./EWH adapt-
er (→ 2 93) and AD input shaft assembly maintenance (→ 2 94).
Cam ring/ The couplings used in the AM, AL, AQ. and EWH adapters are designed to be posi-
Coupling ring tive, puncture-proof and low-maintenance claw couplings. They have a an impact and
vibration-absorbing cam ring (AM, EWH) or coupling ring (AQ., AL). The service life of
cam ring/coupling ring is influenced by various factors, such as:
• Ambient conditions (temperature, chemicals, radiation)
• Operational conditions (starting frequency, impact characteristics)
Note the respective inspection and maintenance intervals in chapters Maintenance of
AL/AM/AQ./EWH adapter (→ 2 93).
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 91
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance intervals
21932786/EN – 05/2015
92 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Lubricant change intervals 6
6.4 Lubricant change intervals
The following image depicts the change intervals for standard gear units under normal
ambient conditions. In case of special designs under severe/aggressive ambient con-
ditions change the lubricant more frequently.
30000
[h]
25000
[3]
20000
15000
[4]
[1]
10000
[5]
5000
0
70 80 90 100 110 115 120
[2] [°C]
9007199273470603
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 93
6 Inspection/maintenance
AD input shaft assembly maintenance
21932786/EN – 05/2015
94 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
6.7 Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
6.7.1 Checking the oil level and changing the oil
The procedure when checking the oil level and changing the oil depends on gear unit
type, size and mounting position. Determine the key letter (A, B, C, D or E) in the fol-
lowing table in regard of gear unit type and size. The key letter indicates the procedure
for the respective gear unit, that can be found in the second table.
Gear unit Size Code letter for chapter "Checking the oil level and changing the oil"
type
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
R..07 – 27 B
R..37 / R..67 A
R R..47 / R..57 A B A
R..77 – 167 A
RX..57– 107 A
F..27 B
F
F..37 – 157 A
K..19 / K..29 C
K K..39 / K49 A
K..37 – 187 A
S..37 C
S
S..47 – 97 A
W..10 – 30 B
W
W..37 – 47 D E D
Code letter Chapter "Checking the oil level and changing the oil" Reference
• Helical gear units...
• Parallel-shaft helical gear units...
A: • Helical-bevel gear unit ...K..39 / K..49, K..37 – 187 (→ 2 96)
• Helical-worm gear units... S..47 – 97
With oil level plug
• Helical gear units...
• Parallel-shaft helical gear units...
B: (→ 2 98)
• SPIROPLAN® gear units...
Without oil level plug, with cover plate
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 95
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
Code letter Chapter "Checking the oil level and changing the oil" Reference
®
• SPIROPLAN W..37 / W..47...
E: (→ 2 107)
In mounting position M4 without oil level plug and cover plate
For notes on the mounting positions, refer to chapter "Mounting Positions (→ 2 110)".
You cannot check the oil level of gear units in pivoted mounting position. The gear
units are delivered with the correct oil level. Observe the designations and fill quanti-
ties on the nameplate if you have to change the oil.
6.7.2 A: Helical, parallel-shaft helical, helical-bevel and helical-worm gear units with oil level plug
[2]
Ø
Oil X max.
min. X
634361867
M42 x 2 5
6. Proceed as follows if the oil level is too low:
• Fill in fresh oil of the same type (contact SEW‑EURODRIVE if necessary) via
the breather bore, up to the lower edge of the oil level bore.
• Re-insert the breather valve.
96 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
7. Screw in the oil level plug again.
Changing the oil via the oil drain plug and the breather valve
WARNING
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries.
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it. Due to the better flow-
ability, the gear unit oil should still be warm so that the gear unit can be drained
best.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 97
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
6.7.3 B: Helical, parallel shaft helical, SPIROPLAN® gear units without oil level plug with cover
plate
[1] [2]
[3]
9007199273384203
4. Determine the vertical distance "x" between oil level and sealing surface of the
gear unit housing (see following figure).
90°
X
21932786/EN – 05/2015
9007199273387275
98 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
5. Compare the determined value "x" to the max. distance between oil level and seal-
ing surface of the gear unit housing specified in the following table. Adjust the fill
level if required.
Gear unit type Max. distance x in mm between oil level and sealing sur-
face of the gear unit housing for mounting position
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
R07 2-stage 52 ± 1 27 ± 1 27 ± 1 27 ± 1 27 ± 1 27 ± 1
3-stage 49 ± 1 21 ± 1 21 ± 1 21 ± 1 21 ± 1 21 ± 1
R17 2-stage 63 ± 1 18 ± 1 46 ± 1 18 ± 1 46 ± 1 46 ± 1
3-stage 58 ± 1 11 ± 2 40 ± 2 11 ± 2 40 ± 2 40 ± 2
R27 2-stage 74 ± 1 22 ± 1 45 ± 1 22 ± 1 45 ± 1 45 ± 1
3-stage 76 ± 1 19 ± 1 42 ± 1 19 ± 1 42 ± 1 42 ± 1
R47 2-stage – – – – 39 ± 1 –
3-stage – – – – 32 ± 1 –
R57 2-stage – – – – 32 ± 1 –
3-stage – – – – 28 ± 1 –
F27 2-stage 78 ± 1 31 ± 1 72 ± 1 56 ± 1 78 ± 1 78 ± 1
3-stage 71 ± 1 24 ± 1 70 ± 1 45 ± 1 71 ± 1 71 ± 1
Irrespective of mounting position
W10 12 ± 1
W20 19 ± 1
W30 31 ± 1
6. Close the gear unit after the oil level check:
• Re-attach the gasket of the cover plate. Make sure that the sealing surfaces are
clean and dry.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 99
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
• Screw on the cover plate. Tighten the cover plate screw connections working
from the inside to the outside. Tighten the cover plate screw connections in the
sequence depicted in the following figure. Tighten the cover plate screw con-
nections with the specified tightening torque according to the following table.
Repeat the tightening procedure until the screws are properly tightened. To
avoid damaging the cover plate, use only impulse wrenches or torque wrench-
es. Do not use impact screwdrivers.
7 8
1 2
5 6 1 2 6 8
7 5
2
3 4
1 2
1 2 1
3 4 3
3 4 4 3 5 4
5 6
A B C D E
9007199273390731
• Viscosity
• If you can see that the oil is heavily contaminated, SEW‑EURODRIVE recom-
mends to change the oil even if this is outside the service intervals specified in
"Inspection and maintenance intervals" (→ 2 95).
5. Check the oil level. See section "Checking the oil level via the cover
plate" (→ 2 98).
100 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
6. Screw on the cover plate. Observe the order and the tightening torques according
to section "Checking the oil level via the cover plate".
WARNING
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries.
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it. Due to the better flow-
ability, the gear unit oil should still be warm so that the gear unit can be drained
best.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 101
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
6.7.4 C: Helical-worm gear units S..37 and helical-bevel gear units K..19/K..29 without oil level
plug and cover plate
18655371
4. Insert the dipstick vertically via the control bore all the way to the bottom of the
gear unit housing. Vertically pull the dipstick out of the control bore, as shown in
the following figure.
90°
21932786/EN – 05/2015
18658699
102 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
5. Determine the size of the section "x" of the dipstick covered with lubricant using a
slide-gauge as depicted in the following figure.
18661771
6. Compare the determined value "x" to the min. value depending on the mounting
position specified in the following table. Correct the fill level if required.
WARNING
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries.
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it. Due to the better flow-
ability, the gear unit oil should still be warm so that the gear unit can be drained
best.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 103
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
21932786/EN – 05/2015
104 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
6.7.5 D: SPIROPLAN® W..37/W..47 in mounting position M1, M2, M3, M5, M6 with oil level plug
787235211
[2]
Ø
Oil X max.
min. X
634361867
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 105
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
WARNING
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries.
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it. Due to the better flow-
ability, the gear unit oil should still be warm so that the gear unit can be drained
best.
106 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
6.7.6 E: SPIROPLAN® W..37 / W..47 in mounting position M4 without oil level plug and cover plate
A B
784447371
5. Determine the section "x" between the wetted part and the marking using a caliper
(see following figure).
9007200039761803
6. Compare the determined value "x" to the min. value depending on the mounting
position specified in the following table. Correct the fill level if required.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 107
6 Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit
WARNING
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries.
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it. Due to the better flow-
ability, the gear unit oil should still be warm so that the gear unit can be drained
best.
108 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Inspection/maintenance
Inspection/maintenance for the gear unit 6
6.7.7 Replacing the oil seal
NOTICE
Damage to oil seal when mounted below 0 °C.
Damage to oil seal.
• Store oil seals at ambient temperatures over 0 °C.
• If necessary, heat the oil seal before mounting it.
Proceed as follows:
1. Ensure that there is a sufficient grease reservoir between the dust lip and sealing
lip, depending on the gear unit design.
2. If you use double oil seals, the space has to be filled with grease for one third.
NOTICE
Ingress of paint at breather valve and sealing lips of the oil seal during painting or re-
painting of the gear unit.
Damage to oil seal and breather valve.
• Thoroughly cover the breather valve and sealing lip of the oil seals with strips pri-
or to painting.
• Remove the strips after painting.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 109
7 Mounting positions
Designation of the mounting positions
7 Mounting positions
7.1 Designation of the mounting positions
SEW‑EURODRIVE distinguishes between the gear unit mounting positions M1 – M6.
The following figure shows the gearmotor in the 6 mounting positions:
M6
M6
M2 M2
M1 M1
M5 M5
M4 M4
M3 M3
R..
M6 M6
M1 M1
M2 M2
M5 M5
M4 M4
M3 M3
F..
M2 M2
M1
M1
M6 M6
M5 M5
M4 M4
21932786/EN – 05/2015
K..
M3 M3
S..
W..
45035996292514699
110 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Churning losses 7
7.2 Churning losses
Churning losses may occur in some mounting positions. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE
*(→ XY) in case of the following combinations:
Mounting position Gear unit type Gear unit size Input speed
rpm
M2, M4 R 97 ... 107 > 2500
> 107 >1500
M2, M3, M4, M5, F 97 ... 107 > 2500
M6
> 107 > 1500
K 77 ... 107 > 2500
> 107 > 1500
S 77 ... 97 > 2500
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 111
7 Mounting positions
Mounting positions of SPIROPLAN® gear units
Mounting
positions
gear of
SPIROPLA
N®
units
NOTICE
SPIROPLAN® gearmotors of sizes W10 – W30 cannot be equipped with breather
valves, oil level plugs or oil drain plugs.
INFORMATION
SPIROPLAN® gearmotors are independent on the mounting position, except for W37
– W47 in M4 mounting position. However, mounting positions M1 to M6 are also
shown for SPIROPLAN® gearmotors for a complete overview.
Icon Meaning
Breather valve
21932786/EN – 05/2015
112 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
7.6.2 Mounting positions of helical gearmotors
RX57-RX107
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 113
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
RXF57-RXF107
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
114 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
R07-R167
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 115
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
RF07-RF167, RZ07-RZ87
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
116 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
R07F-R87F
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 117
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
F/FA..B/FH27B-157B, FV27B-107B
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
118 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
FF/FAF/FHF/FZ/FAZ/FHZ27-157, FVF/FVZ27-107
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 119
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
120 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
7.6.4 Mounting positions of helical-bevel gearmotors
K/KA..B/KH19B-29B
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 121
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
KF..B/KAF..B/KHF19B-29B
21932786/EN – 05/2015
122 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
KA..B/KH19B-29B
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 123
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
KF/KAF/KHF19-29
21932786/EN – 05/2015
124 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
KA/KH19-29
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 125
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
K39-49
126 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
KF/KAF39-49
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 127
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
KA/KT39-49
21932786/EN – 05/2015
128 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
K/KA..B/KH37B-157B, KV37B-107B
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 129
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
K167-187, KH167B-187B
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
130 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
KF/KAF/KHF/KZ/KAZ/KHZ37-157, KVF/KVZ37-107
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 131
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
* (→ 2 111)
21932786/EN – 05/2015
132 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
KH167-187
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 133
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
S37
21932786/EN – 05/2015
134 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
S47-S97
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 135
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
SF/SAF/SHF37
21932786/EN – 05/2015
136 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
SF/SAF/SHF/SAZ/SHZ47-97
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 137
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
SA/SH/ST37
21932786/EN – 05/2015
138 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
SA/SH/ST47-97
21932786/EN – 05/2015
* (→ 2 111)
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 139
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
W10-30
21932786/EN – 05/2015
140 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
WF10-30
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 141
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
WA10-30
21932786/EN – 05/2015
142 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
W/WA..B/WH37B-47B
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 143
7 Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets
WF/WAF/WHF37-47
21932786/EN – 05/2015
144 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Mounting positions
Mounting position sheets 7
WA/WH/WT37-47
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 145
8 Technical data
Extended storage
8 Technical data
8.1 Extended storage
INFORMATION
For storage periods longer than 9 months, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends the "ex-
tended storage" gear unit type. Gear units in this design are designated with a corre-
sponding label.
For gear units of the "extended storage" design, the following measures are taken:
• A VCI anti-corrosion agent (volatile corrosion inhibitors) is added to the lubricant.
Please note that this VCI anti-corrosion agent is only effective in a temperature
range of -25 °C to +50 °C.
• The flange contact surfaces and shaft ends are also treated with an anti-corrosion
agent.
Observe the storage conditions specified in the following table for extended storage.
146 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Technical data
Extended storage 8
Climate zone Packaging1) Storage2) Storage duration
• Packed in contain-
ers
• With desiccant and
Up to 3 years with regu-
moisture indicator • Roofed lar checks of the pack-
sealed in the plas-
• Protected against rain and snow aging and moisture indi-
tic wrap
• Shock-free cator (rel. humidity
• Protected against < 50%)
Tropical insect damage and
(Asia, Africa, mildew by chemi-
Central and cal treatment
South America, • Under roof and enclosed at constant
Australia, New temperature and atmospheric humid-
Zealand exclud- ity (5 °C < ϑ < 50 °C, < 50% relative 2 years or more with
ing temperate humidity) regular inspections
zones) • Check for cleanness
• No sudden temperature variations
and mechanical
Open • Controlled ventilation with filter (free damage during the
from dust and dirt) inspection
• No aggressive vapors • Check corrosion pro-
• No shocks tection
• Protected against insect damage
1) The packaging must be carried out by an experienced company using the packaging materials that have been explicitly specified for
the particular application.
2) SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to store the gear units according to the mounting position.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 147
8 Technical data
Lubricants
8.2 Lubricants
Unless a special arrangement is made, SEW‑EURODRIVE supplies the drives with a
lubricant fill adapted for the specific gear unit and mounting position. The mounting po-
sition (M1 – M6, see chapter "Mounting positions (→ 2 110)") must be specified in the
order. You must adapt the lubricant fill in case of any subsequent changes made to
the mounting position, see chapter "Lubricant fill quantities (→ 2 151)".
INFORMATION
The following grease quantities are required:
• For fast-running bearings (gear unit input side): Fill the cavities between the
rolling elements one-third full with grease.
• For slow-running bearings (gear unit output end): Fill the cavities between the
rolling elements two-thirds full with grease.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
148 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Technical data
Lubricants 8
8.2.2 Lubricant table
The lubricant table on the following page shows the permitted lubricants for
SEW‑EURODRIVE gear units.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 149
150
8
6)
Oil ISO,NLGI Mobil®
°C -50 0 +50 +100 DIN (ISO) Tribol Optimol TO T A L
Standard Mobilgear 600 Shell Omala BP Energol Klüberoil Tribol Optigear BM 220 Renolin
R.. -15 +40 CLP (CC) VG 220 Meropa 220 Carter EP 220
XP 220 S2 G 220 GR-XP 220 GEM 1-220 N 1100/220 CLP 220
Lubricants
-20
Mobilgear 600 Shell Omala BP Energol Klüberoil Tribol Optigear Renolin
+25 CLP (CC) VG 150 Meropa 150 Carter EP 150
XP 150 S2 G 150 GR-XP 150 GEM 1-150 N 1100/150 BM 100 CLP 150
Mobil Shell Omala Renolin Unisyn
-40 +20 CLP HC VG 68
SHC 626 S4 GX 68 CLP 68
F..
Mobil Klüber-Summit Cetus
-40 +0 CLP HC VG 32 Optilieb HY 32 Renolin Unisyn Dacnis SH 32
SHC 624 HySyn FG-32 PAO 46 OL 32
Standard Klübersynth
K..19 - 4) +60 CLP PG VG 460
-20 GH 6-460
K..49 4) -20 +60 H1 PG VG 460 Klübersynth
UH1 6-460
Standard Mobilgear 600 Shell Omala BP Energol Klüberoil Tribol Optigear Renolin
0 +40 CLP (CC) VG 680 Meropa 680 Carter EP 680
XP 680 S2 G 680 GR-XP 680 GEM 1-680 N 1100/680 BM 680 SEW 680
Mobil Glygoyle Shell Omala BP Enersyn Klübersynth Synlube Tribol Optiflex Renolin
1) -20 +80 CLP PG VG 680 680 S4 WE 680 SG-XP 680 GH 6-680 CLP 680 800/680 A 680 PG 680
S..(HS..)
Mobil Shell Omala Klübersynth Pinnacle Optigear Renolin Unisyn
-20 +60 CLP HC VG 460
CLP 460
Carter SH 460
SHC 634 S4 GX 460 GEM 4-460 N EP 460 Synthetic X 460
INFORMATION
4) Mobil Shell Omala Klübersynth Pinnacle Optigear Renolin Unisyn
-40 +30 CLP HC VG 150 Carter SH 150
SHC 629 S4 GX 150 GEM 4-150 N EP 150 Synthetic X 150 CLP 150
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Standard Mobilgear 600
-10 +40
CLP (CC) VG 220
PS.C.. XP 220
5) DIN NLGI 00 Mobillux
-20 +40 51 818 EP 004
DIN Klübersynth
-20 +40 NLGI 1 UH1 14-151
51 818
Mobil
-40 0 CLP HC VG 32
SHC 624
Standard Klübersynth
BS.F.. -20 +60 CLP PG VG 220 GH 6-220
Klübersynth
+60 H1 PG
54043198373448075
-20 VG 460
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Technical data
Lubricants 8
8.2.3 Lubricant fill quantities
INFORMATION
The specified fill quantities are only given as a guideline. The precise values vary
depending on the number of stages and gear ratio. When filling, it is essential to
check the oil level plug since it indicates the precise oil volume.
The following tables show guide values for lubricant fill quantities in relation to the
mounting position M1 – M6.
RF.., RZ..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M11) M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RF07 0.12 0.20
RF17 0.25 0.55 0.35 0.55 0.35 0.40
RF27 0.25/0.40 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.50
RF37 0.35/0.95 0.90 0.95 1.05 0.75 0.95
RF47 0.65/1.50 1.60 1.50 1.65 1.50
RF57 0.80/1.70 1.80 1.70 2.00 1.70
RF67 1.20/2.50 2.50 2.70 2.80 1.90 2.10
RF77 1.20/2.60 3.10 3.30 3.60 2.40 3.00
RF87 2.40/6.0 6.4 7.1 7.2 6.3 6.4
RF97 5.1/10.2 11.9 11.2 14.0 11.2 11.8
RF107 6.3/14.9 15.9 17.0 19.2 13.1 15.9
RF137 9.5/25.0 27.0 29.0 32.5 25.0
RF147 16.4/42.0 47.0 48.0 52.0 42.0 42.0
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 151
8 Technical data
Lubricants
RX..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RX57 0.60 0.80 1.30 0.90
RX67 0.80 1.70 1.90 1.10
RX77 1.10 1.50 2.60 2.70 1.60
RX87 1.70 2.50 4.80 2.90
RX97 2.10 3.40 7.4 7.0 4.80
RX107 3.90 5.6 11.6 11.9 7.7
RXF..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RXF57 0.50 0.80 1.10 0.70
RXF67 0.70 0.80 1.50 1.40 1.00
RXF77 0.90 1.30 2.40 2.00 1.60
RXF87 1.60 1.95 4.90 3.95 2.90
RXF97 2.10 3.70 7.1 6.3 4.80
RXF107 3.10 5.7 11.2 9.3 7.2
FF..
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
FF27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60
FF37 1.00 1.25 0.70 1.30 1.00
FF47 1.60 1.85 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
FF57 2.80 3.50 2.10 3.70 2.90 3.00
FF67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
FF77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.1 6.0 6.3
FF87 10.8 13.2 7.8 14.1 11.0 11.2
21932786/EN – 05/2015
152 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Technical data
Lubricants 8
FA.., FH.., FV.., FAF.., FAZ.., FHF.., FZ.., FHZ.., FVF.., FVZ.., FT..
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
F..27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60
F..37 0.95 1.25 0.70 1.25 1.00 1.10
F..47 1.50 1.80 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
F..57 2.70 3.50 2.10 3.40 2.90 3.00
F..67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
F..77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.0 6.0 6.3
F..87 10.8 13.0 7.7 13.8 10.8 11.0
F..97 18.5 22.5 12.6 25.2 18.5 20.0
F..107 24.5 32.0 19.5 37.5 27.0
F..127 39.0 54.5 34.0 61.0 45.0 46.5
F..157 68.0 103.0 62.0 104.0 85.0 79.5
INFORMATION
All K..9 gear have a universal mounting position, which means that K..9 gear units of
the same design are filled with the same oil quantity independent of the mounting po-
sition. An exception to this is the M4 mounting position.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 153
8 Technical data
Lubricants
KF..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
KF19 0.4 0.45 0.4
KF29 0.7 0.85 0.7
KF39 0.86 1.65 1.54 2.13 1.53 1.31
KF49 1.64 3.35 2.82 4.18 3.13 2.77
KF37 0.50 1.10 1.50 1.00
KF47 0.80 1.30 1.70 2.20 1.60
KF57 1.20 2.20 2.40 3.15 2.50 2.30
KF67 1.10 2.40 2.80 3.70 2.70
KF77 2.10 4.10 4.40 5.9 4.50
KF87 3.70 8.2 9.0 11.9 8.4
KF97 7.0 14.7 17.3 21.5 15.7 16.5
KF107 10.0 21.8 25.8 35.1 25.2
KF127 21.0 41.5 46.0 55.0 41.0
KF157 31.0 66.0 69.0 92.0 62.0
KA.., KH.., KV.., KAF.., KHF.., KVF.., KZ.., KAZ.., KHZ.., KVZ.., KT..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
K..19 0.4 0.45 0.4
K..29 0.7 0.85 0.7
K..39 0.86 1.65 1.54 2.13 1.53 1.31
K..49 1.64 3.35 2.82 4.18 3.13 2.77
K..37 0.50 1.00 1.40 1.00
K..47 0.80 1.30 1.60 2.15 1.60
K..57 1.20 2.20 2.40 3.15 2.70 2.40
K..67 1.10 2.40 2.70 3.70 2.60
K..77 2.10 4.10 4.60 5.9 4.40
K..87 3.70 8.2 8.8 11.1 8.0
K..97 7.0 14.7 15.7 20.0 15.7
K..107 10.0 20.5 24.0 32.4 24.0
K..127 21.0 41.5 43.0 52.0 40.0
K..157 31.0 66.0 67.0 87.0 62.0
K..167 33.0 95.0 105.0 123.0 85.0 84.0
K..187 53.0 152.0 167.0 200 143.0
154 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Technical data
Lubricants 8
SF..
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M31) M4 M5 M6
SF37 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.55 0.40
SF47 0.40 0.90 0.90/1.05 1.05 1.00
SF57 0.50 1.20 1.00/1.50 1.55 1.40
SF67 1.00 2.20 2.30/3.00 3.20 2.70
SF77 1.90 4.10 3.90/5.8 6.5 4.90
SF87 3.80 8.0 7.1/10.1 12.0 9.1
SF97 7.4 15.0 13.8/18.8 22.6 18.0
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil quantity.
INFORMATION
SPIROPLAN® gear units W..10 to W..30 have a universal mounting position, which
means that gear units of the same design are filled with the same amount of oil inde-
pendent of the mounting position.
The oil fill quantity of SPIROPLAN® gear units W..37 and W..47 in mounting position
M4 is different from that of the other mounting positions.
WF..
Gear units Fill quantity in liters
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
21932786/EN – 05/2015
WF10 0.16
WF20 0.24
WF30 0.40
WF37 0.50 0.70 0.50
WF47 0.90 1.55 0.90
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 155
8 Technical data
Lubricants
21932786/EN – 05/2015
156 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Malfunctions
Lubricants 9
9 Malfunctions
WARNING
Risk of crushing if the drive starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• De-energize the motor before you start working on the unit.
• Secure the motor against unintended power-up.
CAUTION
Risk of burns due to hot gear unit and hot gear unit oil.
Severe injuries.
• Let the gear unit cool down before you start working on it.
• Carefully remove the oil level plug and the oil drain plug.
NOTICE
Damage to gear unit due to improper operation.
Damage to the gear unit/gearmotor.
• Repair works at SEW‑EURODRIVE gear units may only be performed by quali-
fied personnel. I the context of this documentation, qualified personnel are per-
sons who are familiar with the "Technical regulations on operating safety"
(TRBS).
• Drive and motor may only be disconnected by qualified personnel.
• Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 157
9 Malfunctions
Gear units
158 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Malfunctions
Adapters AM/AQ./AL/EWH 9
9.2 Adapters AM/AQ./AL/EWH
Fault Possible cause Measure
Unusual, regular run- • Meshing/grinding noise: Bearing • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
ning noise damage
Oil leaking. • Seal defective • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Output shaft does not • Shaft-hub connection in the gear • Send in the gear unit/gearmotor for re-
turn although the motor unit interrupted. pair.
is running or the input
shaft is rotated.
Change in running • Ring gear wear, short-term torque • Change the ring gear.
noise and/or vibrations transmission through metal con-
tact
• Screws to secure hub axially are • Tighten the screws
loose
Premature wear in girth • Contact with aggressive fluids/ • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
gear oils; ozone influence; excessive
ambient temperatures, etc. that
can change the physical proper-
ties of the ring gear.
• Impermissibly high ambient/ • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
contact temperature for the girth
gear; maximum permitted tem-
perature: -20 °C to +80 °C.
• Overload • Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 159
9 Malfunctions
Customer service
21932786/EN – 05/2015
160 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Address list
10
10 Address list
Algeria
Sales Algiers REDUCOM Sarl Tel. +213 21 8214-91
16, rue des Frères Zaghnoune Fax +213 21 8222-84
Bellevue http://www.reducom-dz.com
16200 El Harrach Alger [email protected]
Argentina
Assembly Buenos Aires SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 3327 4572-84
Sales Ruta Panamericana Km 37.5, Lote 35 Fax +54 3327 4572-21
(B1619IEA) Centro Industrial Garín http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Prov. de Buenos Aires [email protected]
Australia
Assembly Melbourne SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 3 9933-1000
Sales 27 Beverage Drive Fax +61 3 9933-1003
Service Tullamarine, Victoria 3043 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.au
[email protected]
Sydney SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 2 9725-9900
9, Sleigh Place, Wetherill Park Fax +61 2 9725-9905
New South Wales, 2164 [email protected]
Austria
Assembly Vienna SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 1 617 55 00-0
Sales Richard-Strauss-Strasse 24 Fax +43 1 617 55 00-30
Service A-1230 Wien http://www.sew-eurodrive.at
[email protected]
Bangladesh
Sales Bangladesh SEW-EURODRIVE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Tel. +88 01729 097309
345 DIT Road salesdhaka@seweurodrivebangla-
East Rampura desh.com
Dhaka-1219, Bangladesh
Belarus
Sales Minsk Foreign Enterprise Industrial Components Tel. +375 17 298 47 56 / 298 47 58
RybalkoStr. 26 Fax +375 17 298 47 54
BY-220033 Minsk http://www.sew.by
[email protected]
Belgium
Assembly Brussels SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 16 386-311
Sales Researchpark Haasrode 1060 Fax +32 16 386-336
Service Evenementenlaan 7 http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
BE-3001 Leuven [email protected]
Service Competence Industrial SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 84 219-878
Center Gears Rue de Parc Industriel, 31 Fax +32 84 219-879
BE-6900 Marche-en-Famenne http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
[email protected]
Brazil
Production São Paulo SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3835-8000
Sales Estrada Municipal José Rubim, 205 – Rodovia [email protected]
Service Santos Dumont Km 49
Indaiatuba – 13347-510 – SP
Assembly Rio Claro SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3522-3100
Sales Rodovia Washington Luiz, Km 172 Fax +55 19 3524-6653
Service Condomínio Industrial Conpark [email protected]
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Bulgaria
Sales Sofia BEVER-DRIVE GmbH Tel. +359 2 9151160
Bogdanovetz Str.1 Fax +359 2 9151166
BG-1606 Sofia [email protected]
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 161
10 Address list
Cameroon
is supported by Germany.
Canada
Assembly Toronto SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 905 791-1553
Sales 210 Walker Drive Fax +1 905 791-2999
Service Bramalea, ON L6T 3W1 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ca
[email protected]
Vancouver SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 604 946-5535
Tilbury Industrial Park Fax +1 604 946-2513
7188 Honeyman Street [email protected]
Delta, BC V4G 1G1
Montreal SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 514 367-1124
2555 Rue Leger Fax +1 514 367-3677
Lasalle, PQ H8N 2V9 [email protected]
Chile
Assembly Santiago de SEW-EURODRIVE CHILE LTDA Tel. +56 2 2757 7000
Sales Chile Las Encinas 1295 Fax +56 2 2757 7001
Service Parque Industrial Valle Grande http://www.sew-eurodrive.cl
LAMPA [email protected]
RCH-Santiago de Chile
P.O. Box
Casilla 23 Correo Quilicura - Santiago - Chile
China
Production Tianjin SEW-EURODRIVE (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 22 25322612
Assembly No. 78, 13th Avenue, TEDA Fax +86 22 25323273
Sales Tianjin 300457 http://www.sew-eurodrive.cn
Service [email protected]
Assembly Suzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 512 62581781
Sales 333, Suhong Middle Road Fax +86 512 62581783
Service Suzhou Industrial Park [email protected]
Jiangsu Province, 215021
Guangzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 20 82267890
No. 9, JunDa Road Fax +86 20 82267922
East Section of GETDD [email protected]
Guangzhou 510530
Shenyang SEW-EURODRIVE (Shenyang) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 24 25382538
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 24 25382580
Shenyang Economic Technological Develop- [email protected]
ment Area
Shenyang, 110141
Taiyuan SEW-EURODRIVE (Taiyuan) Co,. Ltd. Tel. +86-351-7117520
No.3, HuaZhang Street, Fax +86-351-7117522
TaiYuan Economic & Technical Development [email protected]
Zone
ShanXi, 030032
Wuhan SEW-EURODRIVE (Wuhan) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 27 84478388
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 27 84478389
No. 59, the 4th Quanli Road, WEDA [email protected]
430056 Wuhan
Xi'An SEW-EURODRIVE (Xi'An) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 29 68686262
No. 12 Jinye 2nd Road Fax +86 29 68686311
Xi'An High-Technology Industrial Development [email protected]
Zone
Xi'An 710065
Sales Hong Kong SEW-EURODRIVE LTD. Tel. +852 36902200
Service Unit No. 801-806, 8th Floor Fax +852 36902211
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Colombia
Assembly Bogota SEW-EURODRIVE COLOMBIA LTDA. Tel. +57 1 54750-50
Sales Calle 22 No. 132-60 Fax +57 1 54750-44
Service Bodega 6, Manzana B http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.co
Santafé de Bogotá [email protected]
162 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Address list
10
Croatia
Sales Zagreb KOMPEKS d. o. o. Tel. +385 1 4613-158
Service Zeleni dol 10 Fax +385 1 4613-158
HR 10 000 Zagreb [email protected]
Czech Republic
Assembly Hostivice SEW-EURODRIVE CZ s.r.o. Tel. +420 255 709 601
Sales Floriánova 2459 Fax +420 235 350 613
Service 253 01 Hostivice http://www.sew-eurodrive.cz
[email protected]
Drive Service +420 800 739 739 (800 SEW SEW) Service
Hotline / 24 Tel. +420 255 709 632
Hour Service Fax +420 235 358 218
[email protected]
Denmark
Assembly Copenhagen SEW-EURODRIVEA/S Tel. +45 43 95 8500
Sales Geminivej 28-30 Fax +45 43 9585-09
Service DK-2670 Greve http://www.sew-eurodrive.dk
[email protected]
Egypt
Sales Cairo Copam Egypt Tel. +20 222566299
Service for Engineering & Agencies Fax +20 2 22594-757
33 EI Hegaz ST http://www.copam-egypt.com
Heliopolis, Cairo [email protected]
Estonia
Sales Tallin ALAS-KUUL AS Tel. +372 6593230
Reti tee 4 Fax +372 6593231
EE-75301 Peetri küla, Rae vald, Harjumaa http://www.alas-kuul.ee
[email protected]
Finland
Assembly Hollola SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Sales Vesimäentie 4 Fax +358 3 780-6211
Service FIN-15860 Hollola 2 http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Service Hollola SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Keskikankaantie 21 Fax +358 3 780-6211
FIN-15860 Hollola http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Production Karkkila SEW Industrial Gears Oy Tel. +358 201 589-300
Assembly Santasalonkatu 6, PL 8 Fax +358 201 589-310
FI-03620 Karkkila, 03601 Karkkila http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
France
Production Hagenau SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 73 67 00
Sales 48-54 route de Soufflenheim Fax +33 3 88 73 66 00
Service B. P. 20185 http://www.usocome.com
F-67506 Haguenau Cedex [email protected]
Production Forbach SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 87 29 38 00
Zone industrielle
Technopôle Forbach Sud
B. P. 30269
F-57604 Forbach Cedex
Brumath SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 37 48 48
1 rue de Bruxelles
F-67670 Mommenheim
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 163
10 Address list
France
Nantes SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 40 78 42 00
Parc d’activités de la forêt Fax +33 2 40 78 42 20
4 rue des Fontenelles
F-44140 Le Bignon
Paris SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 64 42 40 80
Zone industrielle Fax +33 1 64 42 40 88
2 rue Denis Papin
F-77390 Verneuil I'Étang
Gabon
is supported by Germany.
Germany
Headquarters Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Production Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1970
Sales D-76646 Bruchsal http://www.sew-eurodrive.de
P.O. Box [email protected]
Postfach 3023 – D-76642 Bruchsal
Production / Industrial Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Gears Christian-Pähr-Str. 10 Fax +49 7251 75-2970
D-76646 Bruchsal
Production Graben SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax +49 7251-2970
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf
P.O. Box
Postfach 1220 – D-76671 Graben-Neudorf
Östringen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG, Werk Tel. +49 7253 9254-0
Östringen Fax +49 7253 9254-90
Franz-Gurk-Straße 2 [email protected]
D-76684 Östringen
Service Competence Mechanics / SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1710
Center Mechatronics Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax +49 7251 75-1711
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf [email protected]
Electronics SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1780
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1769
D-76646 Bruchsal [email protected]
Drive Technology North SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 5137 8798-30
Center Alte Ricklinger Straße 40-42 Fax +49 5137 8798-55
D-30823 Garbsen (Hannover) [email protected]
East SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
Dänkritzer Weg 1 Fax +49 3764 7606-30
D-08393 Meerane (Zwickau) [email protected]
South SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 89 909552-10
Domagkstraße 5 Fax +49 89 909552-50
D-85551 Kirchheim (München) [email protected]
West SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 2173 8507-30
Siemensstraße 1 Fax +49 2173 8507-55
D-40764 Langenfeld (Düsseldorf) [email protected]
Drive Center Berlin SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 306331131-30
Alexander-Meißner-Straße 44 Fax +49 306331131-36
D-12526 Berlin [email protected]
Ludwigshafen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75 3759
c/o BASF SE Fax +49 7251 75 503759
Gebäude W130 Raum 101 [email protected]
D-67056 Ludwigshafen
Saarland SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 6831 48946 10
Gottlieb-Daimler-Straße 4 Fax +49 6831 48946 13
21932786/EN – 05/2015
164 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Address list
10
Great Britain
Assembly Normanton SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. +44 1924 893-855
Sales DeVilliers Way Fax +44 1924 893-702
Service Trident Park http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.uk
Normanton [email protected]
West Yorkshire
WF6 1GX
Drive Service Hotline / 24 Hour Service Tel. 01924 896911
Greece
Sales Athens Christ. Boznos & Son S.A. Tel. +30 2 1042 251-34
12, K. Mavromichali Street Fax +30 2 1042 251-59
P.O. Box 80136 http://www.boznos.gr
GR-18545 Piraeus [email protected]
Hungary
Sales Budapest SEW-EURODRIVE Kft. Tel. +36 1 437 06-58
Service Csillaghegyí út 13. Fax +36 1 437 06-50
H-1037 Budapest http://www.sew-eurodrive.hu
[email protected]
Iceland
Sales Reykjavik Varma & Vélaverk ehf. Tel. +354 585 1070
Knarrarvogi 4 Fax +354 585)1071
IS-104 Reykjavík http://www.varmaverk.is
[email protected]
India
Registered Office Vadodara SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 265 3045200
Assembly Plot No. 4, GIDC Fax +91 265 3045300
Sales POR Ramangamdi • Vadodara - 391 243 http://www.seweurodriveindia.com
Service Gujarat salesvadodara@seweurodrivein-
dia.com
Assembly Chennai SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 44 37188888
Sales Plot No. K3/1, Sipcot Industrial Park Phase II Fax +91 44 37188811
Service Mambakkam Village [email protected]
Sriperumbudur - 602105
Kancheepuram Dist, Tamil Nadu
Pune SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 21 35301400
Plant: Plot No. D236/1, [email protected]
Chakan Industrial Area Phase- II,
Warale, Tal- Khed,
Pune-410501, Maharashtra
Indonesia
Sales Jakarta PT. Cahaya Sukses Abadi Tel. +62 21 65310599
Komplek Rukan Puri Mutiara Blok A no 99, Fax +62 21 65310600
Sunter [email protected]
Jakarta 14350
Jakarta PT. Agrindo Putra Lestari Tel. +62 21 2921-8899
JL.Pantai Indah Selatan, Komplek Sentra In- Fax +62 21 2921-8988
dustri Terpadu, Pantai indah Kapuk Tahap III, [email protected]
Blok E No. 27 http://www.aplindo.com
Jakarta 14470
Medan PT. Serumpun Indah Lestari Tel. +62 61 687 1221
Jl.Pulau Solor no. 8, Kawasan Industri Medan Fax +62 61 6871429 / +62 61
II 6871458 / +62 61 30008041
Medan 20252 [email protected]
[email protected]
http://www.serumpunindah.com
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 165
10 Address list
Ireland
Sales Dublin Alperton Engineering Ltd. Tel. +353 1 830-6277
Service 48 Moyle Road Fax +353 1 830-6458
Dublin Industrial Estate http://www.alperton.ie
Glasnevin, Dublin 11 [email protected]
Israel
Sales Tel Aviv Liraz Handasa Ltd. Tel. +972 3 5599511
Ahofer Str 34B / 228 Fax +972 3 5599512
58858 Holon http://www.liraz-handasa.co.il
[email protected]
Italy
Assembly Solaro SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 02 96 9801
Sales Via Bernini,14 Fax +39 02 96 79 97 81
Service I-20020 Solaro (Milano) http://www.sew-eurodrive.it
[email protected]
Ivory Coast
Sales Abidjan SEW-EURODRIVE SARL Tel. +225 21 21 81 05
Ivory Coast Fax +225 21 25 30 47
Rue des Pècheurs, Zone 3 [email protected]
26 BP 916 Abidjan 26 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ci
Japan
Assembly Iwata SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD Tel. +81 538 373811
Sales 250-1, Shimoman-no, Fax +81 538 373814
Service Iwata http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.jp
Shizuoka 438-0818 [email protected]
[email protected]
Kazakhstan
Sales Almaty SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +7 (727) 350 5156
291-291A, Tole bi street Fax +7 (727) 350 5156
050031, Almaty http://www.sew-eurodrive.kz
[email protected]
Kenya
is supported by Tanzania.
Latvia
Sales Riga SIA Alas-Kuul Tel. +371 6 7139253
Katlakalna 11C Fax +371 6 7139386
LV-1073 Riga http://www.alas-kuul.lv
[email protected]
Lebanon
Sales Lebanon Beirut Gabriel Acar & Fils sarl Tel. +961 1 510 532
B. P. 80484 Fax +961 1 494 971
21932786/EN – 05/2015
166 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Address list
10
Lithuania
Sales Alytus UAB Irseva Tel. +370 315 79204
Statybininku 106C Fax +370 315 56175
LT-63431 Alytus http://www.sew-eurodrive.lt
[email protected]
Luxembourg
Assembly Brussels SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 16 386-311
Sales Researchpark Haasrode 1060 Fax +32 16 386-336
Service Evenementenlaan 7 http://www.sew-eurodrive.lu
BE-3001 Leuven [email protected]
Macedonia
Sales Skopje Boznos DOOEL Tel. +389 23256553
Dime Anicin 2A/7A Fax +389 23256554
1000 Skopje http://www.boznos.mk
Madagascar
Sales Antananarivo Ocean Trade Tel. +261 20 2330303
BP21bis. Andraharo Fax +261 20 2330330
Antananarivo [email protected]
101 Madagascar
Malaysia
Assembly Johor SEW-EURODRIVE SDN BHD Tel. +60 7 3549409
Sales No. 95, Jalan Seroja 39, Taman Johor Jaya Fax +60 7 3541404
Service 81000 Johor Bahru, Johor [email protected]
West Malaysia
Mexiko
Assembly Quéretaro SEW-EURODRIVE MEXICO SA DE CV Tel. +52 442 1030-300
Sales SEM-981118-M93 Fax +52 442 1030-301
Service Tequisquiapan No. 102 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.mx
Parque Industrial Quéretaro [email protected]
C.P. 76220
Quéretaro, México
Mongolia
Technical Office Ulaanbaatar SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +976-77109997
Representative office in Mongolia Fax +976-77109997
Suite 407, Tushig Centre http://www.sew-eurodrive.mn
Seoul street 23, [email protected]
Sukhbaatar district,
Ulaanbaatar 14250
Morocco
Sales Mohammedia SEW-EURODRIVE SARL Tel. +212 523 32 27 80/81
Service 2 bis, Rue Al Jahid Fax +212 523 32 27 89
28810 Mohammedia http://www.sew-eurodrive.ma
[email protected]
Namibia
Sales Swakopmund DB Mining & Industrial Services Tel. +264 64 462 738
Einstein Street Fax +264 64 462 734
Strauss Industrial Park [email protected]
Unit1
Swakopmund
Netherlands
Assembly Rotterdam SEW-EURODRIVE B.V. Tel. +31 10 4463-700
21932786/EN – 05/2015
New Zealand
Assembly Auckland SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 9 2745627
Sales P.O. Box 58-428 Fax +64 9 2740165
Service 82 Greenmount drive http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.nz
East Tamaki Auckland [email protected]
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 167
10 Address list
New Zealand
Christchurch SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 3 384-6251
30 Lodestar Avenue, Wigram Fax +64 3 384-6455
Christchurch [email protected]
Nigeria
Sales Lagos EISNL Engineering Solutions and Drives Ltd Tel. +234 1 217 4332
Plot 9, Block A, Ikeja Industrial Estate ( Ogba http://www.eisnl.com
Scheme) [email protected]
Adeniyi Jones St. End
Off ACME Road, Ogba, Ikeja, Lagos
Norway
Assembly Moss SEW-EURODRIVE A/S Tel. +47 69 24 10 20
Sales Solgaard skog 71 Fax +47 69 24 10 40
Service N-1599 Moss http://www.sew-eurodrive.no
[email protected]
Pakistan
Sales Karachi Industrial Power Drives Tel. +92 21 452 9369
Al-Fatah Chamber A/3, 1st Floor Central Com- Fax +92-21-454 7365
mercial Area, [email protected]
Sultan Ahmed Shah Road, Block 7/8,
Karachi
Paraguay
Sales Fernando de la SEW-EURODRIVE PARAGUAY S.R.L Tel. +595 991 519695
Mora De la Victoria 112, Esquina nueva Asunción Fax +595 21 3285539
Departamento Central [email protected]
Fernando de la Mora, Barrio Bernardino
Peru
Assembly Lima SEW EURODRIVE DEL PERU S.A.C. Tel. +51 1 3495280
Sales Los Calderos, 120-124 Fax +51 1 3493002
Service Urbanizacion Industrial Vulcano, ATE, Lima http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.pe
[email protected]
Philippines
Sales Makati P.T. Cerna Corporation Tel. +63 2 519 6214
4137 Ponte St., Brgy. Sta. Cruz Fax +63 2 890 2802
Makati City 1205 [email protected]
http://www.ptcerna.com
Poland
Assembly Łódź SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 42 293 00 00
Sales ul. Techniczna 5 Fax +48 42 293 00 49
Service PL-92-518 Łódź http://www.sew-eurodrive.pl
[email protected]
Service Tel. +48 42 293 0030 24 Hour Service
Fax +48 42 293 0043 Tel. +48 602 739 739 (+48 602 SEW
SEW)
[email protected]
Portugal
Assembly Coimbra SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. +351 231 20 9670
Sales Av. da Fonte Nova, n.º 86 Fax +351 231 20 3685
Service P-3050-379 Mealhada http://www.sew-eurodrive.pt
[email protected]
Romania
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Russia
Assembly St. Petersburg ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE Tel. +7 812 3332522 / +7 812 5357142
Sales P.O. Box 36 Fax +7 812 3332523
Service RUS-195220 St. Petersburg http://www.sew-eurodrive.ru
[email protected]
168 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Address list
10
Sambia
is supported by South Africa.
Senegal
Sales Dakar SENEMECA Tel. +221 338 494 770
Mécanique Générale Fax +221 338 494 771
Km 8, Route de Rufisque http://www.senemeca.com
B.P. 3251, Dakar [email protected]
Serbia
Sales Belgrade DIPAR d.o.o. Tel. +381 11 347 3244 /
Ustanicka 128a +381 11 288 0393
PC Košum, IV floor Fax +381 11 347 1337
SRB-11000 Beograd [email protected]
Singapore
Assembly Singapore SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD. Tel. +65 68621701
Sales No 9, Tuas Drive 2 Fax +65 68612827
Service Jurong Industrial Estate http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.sg
Singapore 638644 [email protected]
Slovakia
Sales Bratislava SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel.+421 2 33595 202, 217, 201
Rybničná 40 Fax +421 2 33595 200
SK-831 06 Bratislava http://www.sew-eurodrive.sk
[email protected]
Košice SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 55 671 2245
Slovenská ulica 26 Fax +421 55 671 2254
SK-040 01 Košice Mobile +421 907 671 976
[email protected]
Slovenia
Sales Celje Pakman - Pogonska Tehnika d.o.o. Tel. +386 3 490 83-20
Service UI. XIV. divizije 14 Fax +386 3 490 83-21
SLO - 3000 Celje [email protected]
South Africa
Assembly Johannesburg SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 11 248-7000
Sales Eurodrive House Fax +27 11 248-7289
Service Cnr. Adcock Ingram and Aerodrome Roads http://www.sew.co.za
Aeroton Ext. 2 [email protected]
Johannesburg 2013
P.O.Box 90004
Bertsham 2013
Cape Town SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 21 552-9820
Rainbow Park Fax +27 21 552-9830
Cnr. Racecourse & Omuramba Road Telex 576 062
Montague Gardens [email protected]
Cape Town
P.O.Box 36556
Chempet 7442
Durban SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 31 902 3815
48 Prospecton Road Fax +27 31 902 3826
Isipingo [email protected]
Durban
P.O. Box 10433, Ashwood 3605
Nelspruit SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 13 752-8007
7 Christie Crescent Fax +27 13 752-8008
Vintonia [email protected]
P.O.Box 1942
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Nelspruit 1200
South Korea
Assembly Ansan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 31 492-8051
Sales 7, Dangjaengi-ro, Fax +82 31 492-8056
Service Danwon-gu, http://www.sew-eurodrive.kr
Ansan-si, Gyeonggi-do, Zip 425-839 [email protected]
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 169
10 Address list
South Korea
Busan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 51 832-0204
28, Noksansandan 262-ro 50beon-gil, Fax +82 51 832-0230
Gangseo-gu,
Busan, Zip 618-820
Spain
Assembly Bilbao SEW-EURODRIVE ESPAÑA, S.L. Tel. +34 94 43184-70
Sales Parque Tecnológico, Edificio, 302 Fax +34 94 43184-71
Service E-48170 Zamudio (Vizcaya) http://www.sew-eurodrive.es
[email protected]
Sri Lanka
Sales Colombo SM International (Pte) Ltd Tel. +94 1 2584887
254, Galle Raod Fax +94 1 2582981
Colombo 4, Sri Lanka
Swaziland
Sales Manzini C G Trading Co. (Pty) Ltd Tel. +268 2 518 6343
PO Box 2960 Fax +268 2 518 5033
Manzini M200 [email protected]
Sweden
Assembly Jönköping SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 36 34 42 00
Sales Gnejsvägen 6-8 Fax +46 36 34 42 80
Service S-55 303 Jönköping http://www.sew-eurodrive.se
Box 3100 S-55 003 Jönköping [email protected]
Switzerland
Assembly Basel Alfred lmhof A.G. Tel. +41 61 417 1717
Sales Jurastrasse 10 Fax +41 61 417 1700
Service CH-4142 Münchenstein bei Basel http://www.imhof-sew.ch
[email protected]
Taiwan
Sales Taipei Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 2 27383535
6F-3, No. 267, Sec. 2 Fax +886 2 27368268
Tung Huw S. Road Telex 27 245
Taipei [email protected]
http://www.tingshou.com.tw
Nan Tou Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 49 255353
No. 55 Kung Yeh N. Road Fax +886 49 257878
Industrial District [email protected]
Nan Tou 540 http://www.tingshou.com.tw
Tanzania
Sales Daressalam SEW-EURODRIVE PTY LIMITED TANZANIA Tel. +255 0 22 277 5780
Plot 52, Regent Estate Fax +255 0 22 277 5788
PO Box 106274 http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.tz
Dar Es Salaam [email protected]
Thailand
Assembly Chonburi SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 38 454281
Sales 700/456, Moo.7, Donhuaroh Fax +66 38 454288
Service Muang [email protected]
Chonburi 20000
Tunisia
Sales Tunis T. M.S. Technic Marketing Service Tel. +216 79 40 88 77
Zone Industrielle Mghira 2 Fax +216 79 40 88 66
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Turkey
Assembly Kocaeli-Gebze SEW-EURODRİVE Hareket Tel. +90 262 9991000 04
Sales Sistemleri San. Ve TIC. Ltd. Sti Fax +90 262 9991009
Service Gebze Organize Sanayi Böl. 400 Sok No. 401 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.tr
41480 Gebze Kocaeli [email protected]
170 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Address list
10
Ukraine
Assembly Dnipropetrovsk ООО «СЕВ-Евродрайв» Tel. +380 56 370 3211
Sales ул.Рабочая, 23-B, офис 409 Fax +380 56 372 2078
Service 49008 Днепропетровск http://www.sew-eurodrive.ua
[email protected]
Uruguay
Assembly Montevideo SEW-EURODRIVE Uruguay, S. A. Tel. +598 2 21181-89
Sales Jose Serrato 3569 Esqina Corumbe Fax +598 2 21181-90
CP 12000 Montevideo [email protected]
USA
Production Southeast SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 864 439-7537
Assembly Region 1295 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Sales +1 864 439-7830
Sales P.O. Box 518 Fax Production +1 864 439-9948
Service Lyman, S.C. 29365 Fax Assembly +1 864 439-0566
Fax Confidential/HR +1 864 949-5557
http://www.seweurodrive.com
[email protected]
Assembly Northeast SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 856 467-2277
Sales Region Pureland Ind. Complex Fax +1 856 845-3179
Service 2107 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481 [email protected]
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014
Midwest SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 937 335-0036
Region 2001 West Main Street Fax +1 937 332-0038
Troy, Ohio 45373 [email protected]
Southwest SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 214 330-4824
Region 3950 Platinum Way Fax +1 214 330-4724
Dallas, Texas 75237 [email protected]
Western SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 510 487-3560
Region 30599 San Antonio St. Fax +1 510 487-6433
Hayward, CA 94544 [email protected]
Uzbekistan
Technical Office Tashkent SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +998 71 2359411
Representative office in Uzbekistan Fax +998 71 2359412
96A, Sharaf Rashidov street, http://www.sew-eurodrive.uz
Tashkent, 100084 [email protected]
Venezuela
Assembly Valencia SEW-EURODRIVE Venezuela S.A. Tel. +58 241 832-9804
Sales Av. Norte Sur No. 3, Galpon 84-319 Fax +58 241 838-6275
Service Zona Industrial Municipal Norte http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ve
Valencia, Estado Carabobo [email protected]
[email protected]
Vietnam
Sales Ho Chi Minh Nam Trung Co., Ltd Tel. +84 8 8301026
City Huế - South Vietnam / Construction Materials Fax +84 8 8392223
250 Binh Duong Avenue, Thu Dau Mot Town, [email protected]
Binh Duong Province http://www.namtrung.com.vn
HCM office: 91 Tran Minh Quyen Street
21932786/EN – 05/2015
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 171
Index
Index
A E
AD Input shaft assembly ...................................... 70 Efficiency.............................................................. 85
Adapter EWH ....................................................... 68 Elastomers ........................................................... 86
Adjustment in mounting position .......................... 25 Embedded safety notes ......................................... 6
AM adapter........................................................... 61 EWH adapter........................................................ 68
AM IEC adapter.................................................... 61 Exclusion of liability ................................................ 7
AM NEMA adapter ............................................... 61 Extended storage ............................................... 146
Ambient conditions............................................... 86 F
Amount of oil ...................................................... 151
AQ adapter........................................................... 65 Failure
Permitted loads ............................................... 66 Running noise ....................................... 158, 159
Setting standards and tightening torques ....... 66 Failures .............................................................. 157
AQ adapter coupling ............................................ 65 Features ............................................................... 74
AR.. slip clutch ..................................................... 74 Flatness defect..................................................... 25
AT.. start-up coupling ........................................... 74 Fluid couplings ..................................................... 74
Fluorocarbon rubber............................................. 86
B
Föttinger principle................................................. 74
Backstop .............................................................. 86 G
Bearing greases ................................................. 148
Breather valve ...................................................... 25 Gaskets ............................................................. 0
Gear unit heating.................................................. 77
C
Gear unit mounting............................................... 27
Change in mounting position................................ 25 Gear unit painting................................................. 30
Changing the mounting position......................... 148 Gear unit structure ............................................... 11
Checking the oil level ..................................... 83, 95 Helical gear units ............................................ 11
At the breather plug ...................................... 102 Helical-bevel gear units K..7 ........................... 15
At the breather plug. ..................................... 107 Helical-bevel gear units K..9 ..................... 13, 14
At the cover plate ............................................ 98 Helical-worm gear units .................................. 16
At the oil level plug.......................................... 96 Parallel-shaft helical gear units ....................... 12
At the oil level plug........................ 105, 106, 108 SPIROPLAN® gear units W..10 – W..30 ......... 17
Copyright notice ..................................................... 7 SPIROPLAN® gear units W..37 – W..47 ......... 18
Coupling of AM adapter ....................................... 61 Gear unit venting.................................................. 28
Coupling, rigid flange coupling ............................. 78 Gear unit with solid shaft...................................... 31
Cover AD.............................................................. 70 General safety notes .............................................. 8
Customer service ............................................... 160 Grease filling ...................................................... 148
D H
Designated use ...................................................... 9 Hazard symbols
21932786/EN – 05/15
172 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
Index
Helical-bevel gear units K..7 ................................ 15 Checking the oil level ...................................... 95
Helical-bevel gearmotors Gear unit ......................................................... 95
Mounting positions ........................................ 121 Oil change....................................................... 95
Helical-worm gear units........................................ 16 Malfunctions ....................................................... 157
Helical-worm gearmotors AD Input shaft assembly ............................... 159
Mounting positions ........................................ 134 Adapters AM/AQ. /AL/EWH .......................... 159
I Gear unit ....................................................... 158
Mechanical installation ......................................... 22
Input and output elements Mounting position
High overhung loads ....................................... 32 M0 ................................................................. 111
Mounting ......................................................... 31 MX................................................................. 111
Using a mounting device................................. 31 Mounting position sheets ................................... 110
Inspection............................................................. 88 Mounting positions ............................................. 110
Inspection intervals Designation ................................................... 110
Gear unit ......................................................... 92 For SPIROPLAN® gear units......................... 112
Inspection work Helical gearmotors ........................................ 113
AD Input shaft assembly ................................. 94 Helical-bevel gearmotors .............................. 121
AL/AM/AQ./EWH adapter ............................... 93 Helical-worm gearmotors .............................. 134
Checking the oil .............................................. 95 Icons ............................................................. 112
Checking the oil level ...................................... 95 Key................................................................ 112
Gear unit ......................................................... 95 Parallel-shaft helical gearmotors................... 118
Oil change....................................................... 95 SPIROPLAN® gearmotors............................. 140
Installation MX mounting position......................................... 111
Couplings ........................................................ 32
N
Input and output elements .............................. 31
Mechanical...................................................... 22 Nameplate............................................................ 19
Installation of the gear unit ................................... 24 Notes
Installation tolerances .......................................... 23 Designation in the documentation..................... 5
Installing the gear unit .......................................... 24 Meaning of the hazard symbols ........................ 6
L O
Labyrinth seal....................................................... 79 Oil change ............................................................ 95
Leakage ............................................................ 0 Oil check .............................................................. 95
Lubricant fill quantities........................................ 151 Oil drain valve ...................................................... 81
Lubricant table............................................ 149, 150 Oil expansion tank................................................ 81
Lubricants........................................................... 148 Oil seals ............................................................... 22
M Oil sight glass....................................................... 83
Optional equipment .............................................. 74
M0 universal mounting position.......................... 111 Options................................................................. 74
Maintenance......................................................... 88
P
21932786/EN – 05/15
Maintenance intervals
Gear unit ......................................................... 92 Painting the gear unit ................................... 30, 109
Maintenance works Parallel-shaft helical gear units ............................ 12
AD Input shaft assembly ................................. 94 Parallel-shaft helical gearmotors
AL/AM/AQ./EWH adapter ............................... 93 Mounting positions ........................................ 118
Checking the oil .............................................. 95 Performance data................................................. 19
Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W 173
Index
Structure
Helical gear units ............................................ 11
Helical-bevel gear units K..7 ........................... 15
Helical-bevel gear units K..9 ..................... 13, 14
Helical-worm gear units .................................. 16
Parallel-shaft helical gear units ....................... 12
174 Assembly and Operating Instructions – Gear unit series R..7, F..7, K..7, K..9, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W
SEW-EURODRIVE—Driving the world
POLY-NORM®
Flexible jaw-type couplings
AR, ADR, AVR, AZR,
AR/AZR, AZVR, Type AR
AR with taper clamping sleeve
and their combinations
Type AR/AZR
Type AZVR
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 2 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
POLY-NORM® is a torsionally flexible jaw coupling. It is able to compensate for shaft misa-
lignment, for example caused by manufacturing inaccuracies, thermal expansion, etc.
Table of contents
1 Technical data
2 Advice
2.1 Coupling selection
2.2 General advice
2.3 Safety and advice symbols
2.4 General hazard warnings
2.5 Intended use
3 Storage
4 Assembly
4.1 Components of the couplings
4.2 Assembly of the coupling (general)
4.3 Assembly of type AR
4.4 Assembly of type ADR, ADR-K and AVR
4.5 Assembly of type AZR, AZR short and AZVR
4.6 Assembly of type AR/AZR
4.7 Assembly of taper clamping sleeve
4.8 Advice for finish bore
4.9 Displacements - alignment of the couplings
4.10 Spares inventory, customer service addresses
5 Enclosure A
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 3 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
1 Technical data
Size 28 to 125
®
Illustration 1: POLY-NORM , type AR
Size 100 110 125 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
Dimension G [mm] M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24 M24 M24
Tightening torque TA
40 100 100 140 140 140 240 240 240 240 240
[Nm]
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 4 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
1 Technical data
® ®
Illustration 2: POLY-NORM , type ADR (three-part) Illustration 3: POLY-NORM , type ADR-K (three-part)
Size 110 125 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
3)
Elastomer ring (part 2) TKN 3900 5500 7200 10000 13400 17600 22000 28000 50000 65000
Torque [Nm] TKmax. 7800 11000 14400 20000 26800 35200 44000 56000 100000 130000
4)
Weight ADR 38.95 55.67 80.30 108.00 155.00 215 294 380 593 728
[kg] ADR-K 37.31 53.26 77.90 104.70 150.30 - - - - -
1) Bores H7 with keyway to DIN 6885 sheet 1 [JS9] and thread for setscrew on the keyway
2) Tightening torques of setscrews see table 2
3) Material Perbunan (NBR) 78 Shore A with size 28 to 180; material T-PUR 84 Shore A with size 200 to 280; with size 140 to 280 use of DZ
individual elastomers
4) Weights apply for max. bore diameters with feather key according to DIN 6885 sheet 1
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 5 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
1 Technical data
Size 110 125 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
Screw dimension M M16 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M24 M27 M30 M30
Screw length l 40 40 50 55 60 60 70 70 90 90
5)
Number z 8 8 8 9 10 10 10 10 10 10
Dimension D4 183 202 237 267 304 342 378 416 480 520
Tightening torque TA
210 410 410 410 410 580 1000 1500 2000 2000
[Nm]
5) per flange hub
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 6 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
1 Technical data
Illustration 4:
®
POLY-NORM , type AZR
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 7 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
1 Technical data
® ®
Illustration 5: POLY-NORM , type AZR short Illustration 6: POLY-NORM , type AR/AZR
Table 9: Torques and finish bores - type AZR short and AR/AZR
Size 28 32 38 42 48 55 60 65 75 85 90 100
2)
Elastomer ring (part 2) TKN 40 60 90 150 220 300 410 550 850 1350 2000 2900
Torque [Nm] TKmax. 80 120 180 300 440 600 820 1100 1700 2700 4000 5800
3)
Max. finish bore d1 30 35 40 45 50 60 65 70 80 90 100 110
[mm] d2 30 35 40 45 50 60 65 70 80 90 95 110
4) AZR
Weight 1.24 1.57 2.20 2.98 4.07 5.18 6.76 8.11 11.34 20.06 24.43 34.16
short
[kg]
AR/AZR 1.01 1.35 1.89 2.57 3.55 4.72 6.04 7.48 10.79 17.54 21.94 30.56
Table 10: Assignment of the cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 - 12.9
Size 28 32 38 42 48 55 60 65 75 85 90 100
Screw dimension M M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
Screw length l 16 16 16 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 35 35
Dimension D4 58 67 76 85 95 103 114 124 141 160 180 200
5)
Number z 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Tightening torque TA [Nm] 14 14 14 14 14 35 35 35 69 69 120 120
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 8 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
1 Technical data
®
Illustration 7: POLY-NORM , type AZVR
Table 13: Assignment of the cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 - 12.9
Size 38 42 48 55 60 65 75 85
Screw dimension M M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10
Screw length l 20 20 20 25 25 25 30 30
Dimension D4 76 85 95 103 114 124 141 160
5)
Number z 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6
Tightening torque TA [Nm] 14 14 14 35 35 35 69 69
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 9 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
1 Technical data
®
Illustration 8: POLY-NORM type with taper clamping sleeve
POLY-NORM® couplings with attachments that can generate heat, sparks and static charg-
ing (e. g. combinations with brake drums, brake disks, overload systems like torque limit-
ers, fans etc.) are not permitted for the use in hazardous areas.
A separate analysis must be performed.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 10 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
2 Advice
CAUTION!
! For a long-lasting and failure-free operation of the coupling it must be selected according to
the selection instructions (according to DIN 740 part 2) for the particular application (see
POLY-NORM® catalogue).
If the operating conditions (performance, speed, modifications on engine and machine)
change, the coupling selection must be reviewed again.
Please make sure that the technical data regarding torque refer to the elastomer part only.
The transmittable torque of the shaft-hub-connection must be reviewed by the customer and
is subject to his responsibility.
For drives subject to torsional vibrations (drives with cyclic stress due to torsional vibrations) it is necessary to
perform a torsional vibration calculation to ensure a reliable selection. Typical drives subject to torsional vibrations
are e. g. drives with diesel engines, piston pumps, piston compressors etc. If requested, KTR will perform the
coupling selection and the torsional vibration calculation.
Please read through these assembly instructions carefully before you start up the coupling.
Please pay special attention to the safety instructions!
The POLY-NORM® coupling is suitable and approved for the use in hazardous locations. When using
the coupling in hazardous locations please observe the special advice and instructions regarding
safety in enclosure A.
The assembly instructions are part of your product. Please keep them carefully and close to the coupling.
The copyright for these assembly instructions remains with KTR Kupplungstechnik GmbH.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 11 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
2 Advice
DANGER!
STOP With assembly, operation and maintenance of the coupling it has to be made sure that the
entire drive train is secured against accidental switch-on. You may be seriously hurt by ro-
tating parts. Please make absolutely sure to read through and observe the following safety
indications.
x All operations on and with the coupling have to be performed taking into account "safety first".
x Please make sure to switch off the power pack before you perform your work on the coupling.
x Secure the power pack against accidental switch-on, e. g. by providing warning signs at the place of switch-on
or removing the fuse for current supply.
x Do not reach into the operation area of the coupling as long as it is in operation.
x Please secure the coupling against accidental contact. Please provide for the necessary protection devices
and covers.
You may only assemble, operate and maintain the coupling if you
x have carefully read through the assembly instructions and understood them
x had technical training
x are authorized by your company
The coupling may only be used in accordance with the technical data (see table 1 to 14 in chapter 1). Unauthor-
ized modifications on the coupling design are not admissible. We will not assume liability for any damage that
may arise. In the interest of further development we reserve the right for technical modifications.
The POLY-NORM® described in here corresponds to the technical status at the time of printing of these assembly
instructions.
3 Storage
The coupling hubs are supplied in preserved condition and can be stored at a dry and covered place for 6 - 9
months.
The features of the elastomer rings/DZ individual elastomers remain unchanged for up to 5 years with favourable
stock conditions.
CAUTION!
! The storage rooms may not include any ozone-generating devices like e. g. fluorescent light
sources, mercury-vapour lamps or electrical high-voltage appliances.
Humid storage rooms are not suitable.
Please make sure that condensation is not generated. The best relative air humidity is less
than 65 %.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 12 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
Generally the coupling is supplied in individual parts. Before assembly the coupling has to be inspected for com-
pleteness.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 13 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
®
Illustration 12: POLY-NORM , type AZR and AZR short
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 14 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
®
Illustration 13: POLY-NORM , type AR/AZR
®
Illustration 14: POLY-NORM , type AZVR
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 15 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
®
Illustration 15: POLY-NORM type with taper clamping sleeve
Coupling design:
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 16 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
)
ATTENTION!
We recommend to inspect bores, shaft, keyway and feather key for dimensional accuracy
before assembly.
Heating the hubs, coupling flanges or flange hubs lightly (approx. 80 °C) allows for an easier mounting on the
shaft.
WARNING!
Please pay attention to the ignition risk in hazardous locations!
DANGER!
STOP Touching the heated hubs causes burns.
Please wear safety gloves.
CAUTION!
! With the assembly please make sure that the dimension s or L, respectively (see table 1 to
14 of the different types) is observed so that the hubs are not in contact with each other
during the operation.
Disregarding this advice may cause damage to the coupling.
)
ATTENTION!
Insert the DZ individual elastomers
with the web into the cam section of Illustration 17: Assembly of hub
the hub first (see illustration 18.2).
Illustration 18.1: Assembly of elastomer ring Illustration 18.2: Assembly of DZ individual elastomers
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 17 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
x Please stick the flange hub and the cam ring to-
gether (see illustration 20).
x Hand-tighten the components for the time being.
x Mount the hub and flange hub with cam ring on the
shaft of driving and driven side (see illustration 21).
Illustration 20: Assembly of flange hub with cam ring
x Tighten the screws by means of a suitable torque
key to the tightening torques TA mentioned in table
5.
x Insert the elastomer ring or DZ individual elasto-
mers, respectively, into the cam section of the
drive- or driven-sided hub or cam ring (see illustra-
tion 22.1 and 22.2).
Illustration 21: Assembly of hub and flange hub with cam ring
)
ATTENTION!
Insert the DZ individual elastomers with the web into the cam section of the hub or cam
ring first (see illustration 22.2).
Illustration 22.1: Assembly of elastomer ring Illustration 22.2: Assembly of DZ individual elastomers
CAUTION!
! To facilitate the assembly of the elastomer
ring when the power packs are already firmly
assembled, we would recommend to sepa-
rate the elastomer ring up to size 65 in one
position between the dampers (see illustra-
tion 23).
From size 75 on we would recommend to
separate the elastomer ring between every
Illustration 23: Mounting aid of Illustration 24: Mounting aid of
second damper to facilitate the assembly elastomer ring up to size 65 elastomer ring from size 75
(see illustration 24).
CAUTION!
! Having started up the coupling, the tightening torque of the screws and wear of elastomer
ring has to be inspected at regular maintenance intervals.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 18 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
CAUTION!
! Having started up the coupling, the tightening torque of the screws and wear of elastomer
ring has to be inspected at regular maintenance intervals.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 19 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
CAUTION!
! Having started up the coupling, the tightening torque of the screws and wear of elastomer
ring has to be inspected at regular maintenance intervals.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 20 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
CAUTION!
! If used in hazardous locations the setscrews to fix the taper clamping sleeves have to be
secured against working loose additionally, e. g. conglutinating with Loctite (average
strength).
The use of taper clamping sleeves without a feather key is not permitted in hazardous
locations.
CAUTION!
! Oils and greases with molybdenum disulphide or high-pressure additives, additives of
Teflon and silicone as well as sliding grease paste reducing the coefficient of friction signif-
icantly must not be used.
®
Illustration 33: POLY-NORM type with taper clamping sleeve
Table 15:
Screw dimensions
Taper clam-
G L SW TA Quantity
ping sleeve
[inch] [inch] [mm] [Nm]
1108 1/4 1/2 3 5.7 2
1210 3/8 5/8 5 20 2
1610 3/8 5/8 5 20 2
1615 3/8 5/8 5 20 2
2012 7/16 7/8 6 31 2
2517 1/2 7/8 6 49 2
3020 5/8 1 1/4 8 92 2
3030 5/8 1 1/4 8 92 3
3535 1/2 1 1/2 10 115 3 Illustration 34: Withworth setscrew (BSW)
4040 5/8 1 3/4 12 170 3
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 21 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
KTR supplies unbored or pilot bored coupling components and spare parts only upon explicit request of the cus-
tomer. These parts are additionally labelled with the symbol .
CAUTION!
! The customer bears the sole responsibility for all machining processes performed subse-
quently on unbored or pilot bored as well as finish machined coupling components and
spare parts. KTR does not assume any warranty claims resulting from insufficient rema-
chining.
If a feather key is intended to be used in the hub, it should correspond to the tolerance ISO JS9 (KTR standard)
with normal operating conditions or ISO P9 with complicated operating conditions (frequently alternating torsional
direction, shock loads, etc.). The keyway should preferably be located between the cams. With axial fastening by
setscrews the tapping should be located on the keyway.
The transmittable torque of the shaft-hub-connection must be reviewed by the customer and is subject to his re-
sponsibility.
The POLY-NORM® compensates for displacements generated by the shafts to be combined as shown in table
17. Excessive misalignment may be caused by inaccurate alignment, production tolerances, thermal expansion,
shaft deflection, twisting of machine frames, etc.
CAUTION!
! In order to ensure a long service life of the coupling and avoid dangers with the use in haz-
ardous locations, the shaft ends must be accurately aligned.
Please absolutely observe the displacement figures indicated (see table 17). If the figures
are exceeded, the coupling will be damaged.
The more accurate the alignment of the coupling, the longer is its service life.
If used in hazardous locations for the explosion group IIC (marking II 2GD c IIC T X), only
half of the displacement figures (see table 17) are permissible.
Please note:
x The displacement figures mentioned in table 17 are maximum figures which must not arise in parallel. If the
radial and the angular displacement occur at the same time, the sum of the displacement figures must not ex-
ceed 'Kr or 'KW.
x Please inspect with a dial gauge, ruler or feeler whether the permissible displacement figures of table 17 are
observed.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 22 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
Example 2:
'Kr = 60 %
'Kw = 40 %
Size 100 110 125 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
Max. axial displacement 'Ka [mm] ±3 ±3 ±3 ±3 ±3 ±3 ±4 ±4 ±4 ±4 ±4
1350 1220 1030 960
Max. radial dis- 1500 rpm
rpm rpm rpm rpm
placement 'Kr [mm]
0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.70 0.70 0.85 0.85
with
3000 rpm 0.37 - - - - - - - - - -
1350 1220 1030 960
1500 rpm 1500 rpm
Max. angular dis- rpm rpm rpm rpm
(1 degree)
placement 'Kw 3.9 4.3 4.8 5.5 6.1 6.0 7.8 8.7 9.6 11.3 12.2
[degree] 3000 rpm
1.9 - - - - - - - - - -
(0.5 degree)
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 23 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
4 Assembly
A basic requirement to ensure the operational readiness of the coupling is a stock of the most important spare
parts on site.
Contact addresses of the KTR partners for spare parts and orders can be obtained from the KTR homepage at
www.ktr.com.
)
ATTENTION!
KTR does not assume any liability or warranty for the use of spare parts and accessories
which are not provided by KTR and for the damages which may incur as a result.
5 Enclosure A
POLY-NORM® couplings are suitable for the use according to EC directive 94/9/EC.
Temperature class:
Ambient or operating temperature
Temperature class Max. surface temperature
Ta
T5, T4, T3, T2, T1 - 30 °C to + 80 °C 1) + 100 °C 2)
T6 - 30 °C to + 65 °C + 85 °C
Explanation:
The maximum surface temperatures result from each the maximum permissible ambient or operating temperature Ta plus the maximum tem-
perature increase 'T of 20 K which has to be taken into account.
1) The ambient or operating temperature Ta is limited to + 80 °C due to the permissible permanent operating temperature of the elastomers
used.
2) The maximum surface temperature of + 100 °C applies for the use in locations which are potentially subject to dust explosion, too.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 24 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
5 Enclosure A
2. Mining
Equipment group I of category M2 (coupling is not approved for equipment group M1).
Permissible ambient temperature - 30 °C to + 80 °C.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 25 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
5 Enclosure A
Reaching the limits for replacing depends on the operating conditions and the existing operating parameters.
With torsional backlash t 'smax. [mm] the elastomer rings/DZ individual elements must be replaced. With wear t
25 % of the original thickness of the elastomer teeth it is necessary to replace the elastomer rings/DZ individual
elements.
CAUTION!
! In order to ensure a long service life of the coupling and avoid dangers with the use in haz-
ardous locations, the shaft ends must be accurately aligned.
Please absolutely observe the displacement figures indicated (see table 17). If the figures
are exceeded, the coupling will be damaged.
Illustration 38: Inspection of the limit of wear Illustration 39: Wear of elastomer ring
Table 18:
Limits of wear Limits of wear
® ®
POLY-NORM Thickness of Torsional back- POLY-NORM Thickness of Torsional back-
size Friction Xmax. size Friction Xmax.
elastomer elastomer
tooth [mm]
[mm] lash 'Smax. [mm] tooth [mm]
[mm] lash 'Smax. [mm]
28 7.2 1.80 3.0 100 23.0 5.75 9.1
32 8.8 2.20 3.6 110 22.5 5.5 8.0
38 9.0 2.20 3.6 125 24.5 6.0 9.0
42 9.6 2.40 4.0 140 23.8 6.0 9.0
48 10.3 2.55 4.2 160 25.4 6.4 9.6
55 11.9 2.95 4.7 180 26.2 6.6 9.9
60 12.6 3.15 5.1 200 28.0 7.0 13.0
65 13.4 3.35 5.4 220 29.5 7.4 13.4
75 15.6 3.90 6.1 240 32.5 8.1 14.1
85 19.1 4.75 7.4 260 38.0 9.5 15.5
90 20.0 5.00 7.0 280 40.0 10.0 16.0
In the explosion groups IIA, IIB and IIC the following materials may be combined:
EN-GJL-250 (GG 25)
EN-GJS-400-15 (GGG 40)
Steel
Semifinished products of aluminium with a magnesium share of up to 7.5°% and a yield point of
Rp0.2 250 N/mm2 are permitted for the use in hazardous locations.
Aluminium diecast is generally excluded for hazardous locations.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 26 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
5 Enclosure A
Couplings for the use in hazardous locations are marked on at least one component completely and on the bal-
ance of components by an label on the outside diameter of the hub or on the front side each for the operating
conditions permitted. The elastomer ring or DZ individual elastomer is excluded.
Short labelling:
II 2GD c IIC T X/I M2 c X
(Standard)
The labelling with explosion group llC includes the explosion groups llA and llB.
If the symbol was stamped in addition to , the coupling component was supplied unbored or pilot bored by
KTR.
5.6 Start-up
Before start-up of the coupling, please inspect the tightening of the setscrews in the hubs, the alignment and the
distance dimension s and adjust, if necessary, and also inspect all screw connections for the tightening torques
specified, dependent on the type of coupling.
If used in hazardous locations the setscrews to fasten the hubs as well as all screw connections
must be secured against working loose additionally, e. g. conglutinating with Loctite (average
strength).
The cover must be electrically conductive and included in the equipotential bonding. Bellhousings (magnesium
share below 7.5 %) made of aluminium and damping rings (NBR) can be used as connecting element between
pump and electric motor. The cover may only be taken off after having stopped the unit.
If the couplings are used in locations subject to dust explosion and in mining the user must make sure that there
is no accumulation of dust in a dangerous volume between the cover and the coupling. The coupling must not
operate in an accumulation of dust.
For covers with unlocked openings on the top face no light metals must be used if the couplings are used as
equipment of equipment group ll (if possible, from stainless steel).
If the couplings are used in mining (equipment group l M2), the cover must not be made of light metal. In addition,
it must be resistant to higher mechanical loads than if it is used as equipment of equipment group ll.
The minimum distance „Sr“ between the protection device and the rotating parts must at least correspond to the
figures mentioned below.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 27 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
5 Enclosure A
5.6 Start-up
If the protection device is used as cover, regular openings complying with the explosion protection demands can
be made that must not exceed the following dimensions:
Cover [mm]
Openings
Top side Lateral components Distance „Sr“
Circular - max. diameter 4 8 t 10
Rectangular - max. lateral length 4 8 t 10
Straight or curved slot - max. lateral
not permissible 8 t 20
length/height
CAUTION!
! If you note any irregularities with the coupling during operation, the drive unit must be
switched off immediately. The cause of the breakdown must be found out by means of the
table „Breakdowns“ and if possible, be eliminated according to the proposals. The potential
breakdowns mentioned can be hints only. To find out the cause all operating factors and
machine components must be considered.
Coupling coating:
If coated (priming, painting etc.) couplings are used in hazardous locations, the requirements on
conductibility and coating thickness must be considered. In case of paintings up to 200 μm electro-
static load does not have to be expected. Multiple coatings that are thicker than 200 μm are prohib-
ited for explosion group llC.
The below-mentioned failures can lead to a use of the POLY-NORM® coupling other than intended. In addition to
the specifications given in these operating and assembly instructions please make sure to avoid these failures.
The errors listed can only be clues to search for the failures. When searching for the failure the adjacent compo-
nents must generally be included.
If used other than intended the coupling can become a source of ignition.
EC directive 94/9/EC requires special care from the manufacturer and the user.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 29 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
5 Enclosure A
If you operate with a worn elastomer ring/DZ individual elastomers (see chapter 5.2) and the sub-
sequent contact of metal parts, a proper operation meeting the explosion protection requirements
and acc. to directive 94/9/EC is not ensured.
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
KTR Kupplungstechnik KTR-N 49510 EN
POLY-NORM®
GmbH Sheet: 30 of 30
D-48407 Rheine Operating/Assembly instructions
Edition: 13
5 Enclosure A
EC Certificate of conformity
corresponding to EC directive 94/9/EC dated 23 March 1994
and to the legal regulations
The manufacturer - KTR Kupplungstechnik GmbH, D-48432 Rheine - states that the
POLY-NORM® couplings
in an explosion-proof design described in these assembly instructions correspond to article 1 (3) b) of
directive 94/9/EC and comply with the general safety and health requirements according to enclosure
II of directive 94/9/EC.
The POLY-NORM® torsionally flexible coupling is in accordance with the specifications of the directive
94/9/EC. One or several directives mentioned in the corresponding EC type examination certificate
IBExU02ATEXB006_05 X were in part replaced by updated versions.
KTR Kupplungstechnik GmbH being the manufacturer confirms that the product mentioned above is in
accordance with the specifications of the new directives, too.
According to article 8 (1) of directive 94/9/EC the technical documentation is deposited with the institu-
tion:
IBExU
Institut für Sicherheitstechnik GmbH
Fuchsmühlenweg 7
09599 Freiberg
Rheine, 20.02.2013 i. V. i. V.
Place Date Reinhard Wibbeling Michael Brüning
Head of Engineering Product Manager
Please observe protec- Drawn: 21.01.14 Pz Replaced for: KTR-N dated 20.02.13
tion note ISO 16016. Verified: 06.02.14 Pz Replaced by:
System description:
Design:
Both progressive grease lubrication systems basically have identical designs, and each one
essentially consists of the FZ-B pump (these only differ with respect to the drive position), the
ZP-A main distributor and the PVB sub-distributors. The main distributor is supplied by the
pump through a feed line. The main distributor has a control pin for for optical display for on-site
functional monitoring and an electronic monitoring switch for the electrical evaluation.
An NU-A pressure relief valve (already attached to the pump) is integrated into the feed line to
the main distributor directly after the pump. As can be seen in the diagram, the pump, the
distributor and the lubrication points are connected with pipe and hose lines. The pipework and
screwed joints are not part of the Delimon scope of delivery.
Attention: The outlet of the NU-A must be aligned in such a way that there is no danger to
personnel in the event that lubricant leaks out.
The electrical design of the entire system is not documented in this document. The lubrication
cycles are controlled by the customer's electrical system. The pump motor, level switch and
monitoring switch are connected directly to the terminals provided for them of the devices
named. Electrical functions and connections for individual devices are included in the
appendices.
The NU-A pressure relief valves prevent any damage to the system from an excessive build-up
of pressure if a distributor is blocked or a feed line clogged. In this case the lubricant is pumped
outside, so we strongly recommend regular functional monitoring using the optical control pin on
the distributor, or through evaluation of the monitoring switch.
Level monitoring:
The pump is equipped with an ultrasonic level switch with three switching points (max - min -
empty) that allows both an on-site display (LED) and also includes further processing of the
signals in the customer's control unit. The switching point max. is used as a fault message in the
event of failure of the filling valve (not relevant here). The min signal must be processed in such
a way that a "tank level < min." message is displayed in the centre as a prompt for immediate
refilling. The empty signal must be processed in such a way that the "empty tank" fault message
is issued. However, the shut-down of the pump should not be carried out immediately while a
lubrication process is running, but only after the regular end of this process, unless the runtime
of the pump has exceeded the 10 min. value since the empty signal was sent. Then the
lubrication process must be stopped immediately. Otherwise there is a risk of the pump drawing
in air.
Lubricant quantities:
The delivered quantity of the pump outlets and the parameters for control of the plant (pause
time, pump runtime or number of cycles) must be set according to the required lubricant
amounts. These values must be specified by the bearing manufacturer or the system operator.
The quantity of lubrication supplied to a main distributor can be set on the pump outlet assigned
to the feed line in question. If multiple pump outlets are combined, their individual quantities are
added. The division ratios for the distributor itself cannot be adjusted but rather are fixed by their
configuration. The total quantity supplied over a certain period of operation is set by the
frequency and duration of lubrication cycles, that is, via the pause time and the pump running
time.
FZ-A/B grease lubrication pump: The numbers 0 to 4 are stamped into the hexagon of the
adjustment spindle. Setting 4 corresponds to the greatest delivery quantity. Turning the
adjustment spindle clockwise reduces the delivery quantity. To ensure reliable operation of the
pump, avoid adjusting the setting to less than 1/4 of the maximum delivery quantity. For pumps
with 2 outlets (FZ-B) or 7 to 12 outlets (FZ-A) a single adjustment spindle sets the delivery
volume of two outlets one above the other. The type FZ-B has 6 adjustment spindles, each
responsible for a partial quantity of 0.1 cm³ (for 2 outlets) or 0.2 cm³ (for 1 outlet). The total
quantity at the outlet is thus determined by the total of the setting for the partial quantities. If it is
necessary to reduce the total quantity, we recommend that this is achieved by an equal spread
of the reduction across all 6 adjustment spindles. At the factory the pump is set by default to
the maximum delivery quantity.
For more details about the design and function, as well as the operation and maintenance of the
system, refer to the accompanying individual documents for the devices and components.
1. Pump
1.01 Install the pump where it is easily accessibble, in a place 2.11 When vehicles are used at the site, in mining or in agricul-
free from dirt. Pay attention to the operating temperature ture, take special steps to ensure that piping cannot be
range (dependent on the type of pump and lubricant). pulled down, particularly in winter when there is ice and
1.02 Install it at a central point in the system to be lubricated, so snow, e.g. by installing the piping in load-bearing parts of
that with short lenghts of piping, the pressure drop can be the plant, sufficiently high up and on the side furthest
kept to a minimum thus ensuring sufficient pressure to away from the normal direction of travel of the vehicles.
overcome the back-pressure at the lubrication points. 2.12 High temperature accelerates the aging of lubricants, low
1.03 The pump resevoir should be big enough to ensure infre- temperature increases the resistance offered by the pi-
quent replenishing. ping and, in certain circumstances, can lead to the
lubrication being inadequate, or to damage to the pump;
1.04 Pumps with electric motors often need to rotate in a parti- piping should therefore be installed so that, as far as pos-
cular direction. Pay attention to the arrow on the motor or sible, it is not exposed to very high or very low
the pump casing. If the direction of rotation is not that temperatures.
shown by arrow, interchange two of the leads of 3-phase
A.C. motors. The operating instructions for the particular 2.13 For mobile lubrication points of difficult access, use rub-
pump should be followed in all cases. berized fabric hoses or nylon pipes, or, if heavily loaded,
heavy steel-braided hoses.
X01BA1_2010_1_GB
5. Distributor 9. Pressure gauge
5.01 Fix the distributor to the machine being lubricated, or on a 9.01 A pressure gauge for checking the pressure should al-
wall, in such a way that it can not be pulled off by normal ways be installed on the pump delivery side, in the main
forces acting on it. delivery line.
5.02 If possible, arrange the distributor so that it can be easily 9.02 In single-line systems for grease, a pressure gauge
bled and/or replaced. Installation in a branch line is prefe- should also be fitted at the end of the line.
rable to an installation in the main delivery line itself. 9.03 In dual-line systems, a pressure gauge should be fitted at
5.03 Take care that the distributors are not twisted when scre- the end of each of the two main delivery lines.
wing together distributor segments (e.g. progressive 9.04 The secondary delivery lines leading to the pressure gau-
distributors) because this might result in the fact that the ges are filled with oil appropriately as grease might suffer
pistons get stuck. from ageing after a longer period of time.
5.04 In severse conditions it is recommended to install dis-
tributors with the adjustment and indicating devices
facing downwards.
6. Switching units at the end of the line 10. Commissioning of the system
6.01 Switching units are often used at the end of the line in 10.01 Avoid removing the cover to fill up the reservoir on the
single-line and dual-line systems, to signal a maximum or pump; instead, use a filling pump and fill the reservoir
minimum pressure or differential pressure. Since such through the filling connection.
units are liable to gum up after a time when grease is 10.02 If the filling line is not permanently installed, a quick relea-
used, a distributor should be installed downstream from se coupling should be used.
the switching unit.
Secondary delivery lines leading to the pressure switch 10.03 When filling, take care that the reservoir does not over-
are filled with oil appropriately. flow.
10.04 It is preferable to fit an electrical level indicator to switch
off the filling pump when the level reaches the permitted
maximum.
10.05 For the initial filling of pumps and lubricant reservoirs with
grease, it is advisable, with most pumps, to put oil in first;
7. Pressure relief valve this fills all the cavites and prevents air locks which could
lead to the pump failing to develop sufficient pressure
7.01 A pressure relief valve should always be fitted in the deli-
when it is started up.It the bearings are of a type which
very line of a pump driven by an electric motor, so that the
should not be lubricated with oil,even for a short time, the
pump is not damaged if, while it is working, a distributor
pump should be operated until air-free grease issues
becomes jammed or a lubrication point stopped up, or
from the ends of the lines.
the main delivery line is inadvertently closed.
10.06 On pumps having an anti.cavitation plate and which are
7.02 The pressure release line from the relief valve should be
filled through the top of the reservoir after the cover has
connected to the suction side of the pump or to the reser-
been removed, withdraw the plate and after filling, press
voir.
the plate down on to the grease a number of times to drive
7.03 The pressure relief valve should not be set at a higher out the air.
pressure than is permissible for the pump.
10.07 Do not connect the distributors before lubricant comes
(Some pumps have a built-in pressure relief valve).
bubble-free out of the feed line.
10.08 Do not connect the lubrication points until air-free lubri-
cant issues from the lines.
10.09 Cocks for checking the supply of lubricant may be fitted, if
8. Burst discs desired, in front of the lubrication points.
2
11. Types of lubricants and frequency of 14. Installation of hoses
lubrication
a) Hoses should be of such a length and installed in such a
11.01 Types of lubricants and frequency of lubrication are spe- way, that
cified by the supplier or manufacturer of the machine 1. They can be installed and removed without difficulty,
being lubricated. In general, when starting up, it is better 2. The radius of curvature of the hoses is not less than the
to over-lubricate rather to underlubricate, but in the cour- minimum stated,
se of time, after adequate observation of the lubrication 3. The hose is not kinked, either when the parts connected
points, it is often possible to reduce considerably the by it are at rest or in motion. There is a risk of this particu-
quantity of lubricant used. larly at the point where the hose is connected to the fitting.
The points where the risks exist are circled in the drawings.
If the space available for installation is restricted, kinking of the
hose at its connection to the fitting can be avoided by the use of
an elbow.
12. Electrical system b) Movement of the part to which the hose is connected,
12.01 Connection of the power supply and changeing of electri- should be only in the plane in which the hose is installed.
cal parts if required, should be undertaken only by a Rotation round an axis which is not perpendicular to the
qualified electrician. plane of installation, is not permissible.
13. Spares
13.01 When ordering spares, state the following:
Designation of the pump
Code no.
Year of manufacture
Quantity, designation and Code no. of the spares requi-
red.
13.02 Note that in almost all pumps and distributors, the
plungers have been lapped into or matched to their cy-
linders. These parts must not be interchanged. Plungers
removed during servicing must always be replaced in the
bore from which they were taken. If replacement is nec-
cessary, the two parts must be ordered together.
13.03 It is recommended to keep a stock of parts subject to
wear, for all major units. The most important parts subject
to wear are specially marked in the parts list.
13.04 Repair of particularly old discontinued pumps or units is
sometimes uneconomical. In that case, the pump or unit
should be replaced by one from our current range.
13.05 It is often not possible to give a firm estimate for a repair
until the unit has been dismantled. If no order follows the
quotation for repair, the enquirer must bear the cost of
dismantling and of reassembling if required.
3
15. Assembly of olives
Fig.1 Cut off the end of the pipe square. Fig. 2 Deburr the inside of the pipe. Fig. 3 Deburr the outside of the pipe.
Fig.4 Thoroughly oil the thread. Fig. 5 Oil the taper. Fig. 6 Thorougly oil the olive all over.
Fig.7 Thoroughly oil zhe thread of the Fig. 8 Slide the olive on correctly - Fig. 9 Tighten the union nut by hand
union nut; do not use grease. otherside the fitting will be wrong. until it is felt to come to a stop.
Fig.10 Press the pipe into the taper Fig. 11 Tighten the nut by about 3/4 of Fig. 12 Tighten finally by about 3/4 of
against the stop. a turn. This causes the olive to grip the a turn. This causes the olive to cut
Mark the pipe and nut. pipe. The pipe must not turn. into the pipe and results in a visible
collar over ist cutting edge.
Fig.13 Unscrew the nut and check whether Fig. 14 Tighten the nut slightly after the Fig. 15 How the union functions after
the visible collar takes up the space in front connection has been completed and every the nut has been tightened.
of the cutting edge. time after the nut has been slackened.
DELIMON GmbH
Arminstraße 15 Phone: +49 211 77740 Niederlassung: Am Bockwald 4 Für reibungslose Bewegung
40227 Düsseldorf Fax: +49 211 7774 210 08344 Grünhain-Beierfeld For smooth motion
Postfach 10 20 52 [email protected] Phone: +49 3774 65110
40011 Düsseldorf www.bijurdelimon.com Fax: +49 3774 651130
Principle of Operation of the Control Unit
of a Progressive Centralized Lubrication System
(with monitored main distributor)
1. Terms:
- Distributor circulationProcess in which all pistons of the distributor have completely moved in
both final positions once and the initial state has been reobtained.
- Circulation volume: Sum of the partial volumes of all outlets of a distributor. This quantity has to
be supplied to the distributor to enable the same to execute one distributor
circulation.
- Circulation time: Time being required for one distributor circulation. This accrues from the
circulation volume and the volume flow in the feed line.
In case of progressive systems, only the main distributor is usually monitored and/or the monitoring
switch of the same evaluated for the control of the system. Possible subsidiary distributors connected
downstream are included in the monitoring because of the special principle of operation of
progressive systems (please also see leaflet X35P1).
2. Parameters:
The following parameters, which can be adjusted according to requirement within given limits, should
be provided in the control system.
- Pause time: Time between two lubricating cycles.
Range: 1...9999 min
- Number of circulations: Number of distributor circulations per lubricating cycle (*)
Range: 1...99
- Operation time: Given operation time of the pump for one lubricating cycle (*)
Range: 1...9999 s
- Monitoring time: Max. time allowed for the execution of one lubricating cycle
and/or one distributor circulation (*)
Range: 1...9999 s
(*) – depends on the chosen control mode of the lubricating cycle.
3. Sequence:
In the switching facility provided by the customer, a lubricating cycle is released in case of need by
detection of the operation time of the system to be lubricated and/or by evaluation of the in situ
operating elements being available depending on the design. The detection of the operation time
should be effected by an adding timer which only runs down when the system area to be lubricated is
in operation. A lubricating cycle is to be started when the detected operation time reaches the preset
pause time.
There are basically two possibilities of controlling a lubricating cycle.
Circulation-controlled lubricating cycle:
The duration of the lubricating cycle is fixed by the preselected number of circulations.
Operation time-controlled lubricating cycle:
The duration of the lubricating cycle is fixed by the preselected operation time.
(*) – The instant for the reset (clearance) of the pause timer has an influence on the expiration. When
the clearance – as described here – is made at the same time when the lubricating cycle starts, the
duration of the lubricating cycle itself has no influence on the expiration of the pause time. If the timer
is cleared at the end of the lubricating cycle only, the time required for the lubricating cycle adds up to
the preselected pause time. When the difference between the pause time and the time for a
lubricating cycle is not very great, this circumstance has a considerable influence on the really
effective pause time.
(**) – When evaluating the pulses of the monitoring switch it has to be considered that one complete
pulse (with a pulse-pause ratio of approx. 1 : 1) is released per distributor circulation. As the initial
position of the distributor, however, is not defined before the beginning of the lubricating cycle, the
pulse sequence can start at any point.
Umgebungsbedingungen / Environmental
Umgebungstemperatur
-20 °C - +40 °C
Ambient temperature
Höhe über Meeresspiegel
1000 m
Altitude above sea level
Normen und Vorschriften
IEC, DIN, ISO, VDE, EN
Standards and specifications
Technische Änderungen vorbehalten! Es könnte Unterschiede zwischen Datenblatt und Leistungsschild geben. Generiert / Generated: 21.04.2016 13:57:25
Technical data are subject to change! There may be discrepancies between calculated and rating plate values.
Operating instructions
Pump FZ-B
INDEX
Page
1. General ................................................................................. 2
2. Safety .............................................................................. 2 – 4
A Pump type ............................................................................ 5
B Number of outlets ................................................................ 5
C Revision ................................................................................ 5
D Kinds of drive ................................................................. 6 – 9
E Position of drive .................................................................. 9
F Reservoir ............................................................................ 10
G Accessories ....................................................................... 10
3. Application ......................................................................... 11
4. Principle of operation ........................................................ 11
5. Rotational direction of drive ............................................. 12
6. Specifications .................................................................... 12
7. Start-up ............................................................................... 12
8. Maintenance ............................................................... 13 – 14
9. Plates .................................................................................. 14
page 1 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
1. General
Before installing and operating this equipment, we highly recommend that you become thoroughly familiar
with these instructions. DELIMON does not accept liability, expressed or implied, for any direct or
inconsequential injuries to personnel or damage to equipment, including process interruption, arising from
the misuse or misapplication of its products. Application and / or modification of product beyond its
intended purpose is strictly prohibited.
DELIMON reserves the right to make modifications, changes and/or amendments to both products and to
these instructions as may become necessary to assure ongoing technical clarity.
The content of this technical publication is the sole graphic and intellectual property of DELIMON and is
protected by local and International Copyright Law. As such, it may not be copied, reproduced or used for
any purpose other than that intended by the Company; i.e. as a guide to proper installation, maintenance
and operation of its equipment by qualified personnel and their supervisors. Use of this information for
any other purpose or intent requires the expressed written permission of DELIMON GmbH.
Contact Information: For assistance with product, replacement parts, service or training.
DELIMON GmbH Branch Office
Arminstraße 15 Am Bockwald 4
D-40277 Düsseldorf D-08344 Grünhain-Beierfeld
Phone : +49 211 77 74-0 E-mail : [email protected]
Fax : +49 211 77 74-210 www.bijurdelimon.com
2. Safety
These instructions provide basic guidance which must be followed during installation, operation and
maintenance. It is assumed that personnel performing required tasks are skilled in the areas of electrical
and mechanical millwright trades plus all local and federal safety requirements. These instructions should
be kept near the point of use and made available for reference at all times.
Safety Sign, per DIN 4844, provides warning of potential general danger.
Safety Sign, per DIN 4844, provides warning of potential electrical danger.
ATTENTION
Caution designation utilized to signify that damage to machinery and function may result if guidance is not
properly followed.
Instructions affixed directly to machines and equipment must always be observed and maintained to
ensure that they are fully legible. Examples of such instructions would be:
• Rotational direction arrows for shafts and couplings.
• Identification of fluid connections, direction of flow and substance contained in pipes.
Important Note: There is always increased risk of slipping or falling whenever spilled or leaking
lubricants are present. In all cases, they should be properly removed and disposed of.
Safety Sign, per DIN 4844, provides warning of an increased risk of slipping and falling
due to the presence of water, oil, grease or other foreign substances on pavements,
floors and walkways.
page 2 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
2. Safety (continuation)
2.2 Personnel qualification and training
Personnel performing work required to install, operate, maintain or inspect this equipment must be
adequately trained and qualified. In this regard, determination of competency, understanding and
supervision levels required for individual assignment is left to the purchaser of the equipment. However,
should assistance with on-site training be desired, please contact your local DELIMON office for
assistance.
page 3 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
2. Safety (continuation)
Additional Cautions for Pump Type FZ-B
• Potential ‘pinch-point’ whenever closing the reservoir lid! When filling the reservoir while pump is
operational, DO NOT put your hand into the reservoir. Risk of personal injury may result from
contact with scraper blade and agitator.
• Whenever handling lubricants, take measures to avoid environmental pollution.
• DO NOT use high-pressure cleaning devices on outside of pump. Always use solvent free cleansers.
page 4 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
GENERAL PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS
• Central piston technique
• Insert for anticlockwise and clockwise rotation
• Feed volume per outlet up to 720cm3/h
• Lubricants: oil, grease, liquid grease
• Surface signal grey RAL 7004
B NUMBER OF OUTLETS
Factory pre-set at 1 or 2 outlets, depending upon order specifications.
Outlets 1 - 6 are arranged in the upper row. Outlets placed one above the other can only be combined in
the order shown in the picture. Fusions begin at the outlets 1/7 and follow the direction of the arrow. Refer
to graphic for order of outlets.
The pump body is comprised of a control sleeve which guides the piston, and a setting spindle which
determines piston stroke; thus determining the delivery rate of each outlet (up to 6 outlets), or of two
outlets when placed on above the other (7 to 12 outlets).
Whenever dealing with 2 outlets having half the total volumetric output, one outlet in the upper and lower
rows may be opened.
C REVISION
Stage A
page 5 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
D. KINDS OF DRIVE
Drive with oscillating lever
The assembly group constitutes an extension of the assembly group drive with free shaft end containing
those parts being necessary for the oscillating lever drive. The oscillating lever is reciprocated by a
suitable component part of the machine to be lubricated via an eccentric, a crank and rod, and at the
same time, the worm wheel is always turned – regardless of the rotational direction of the driving shaft -
in the same direction via the switch mechanism.
page 6 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
D. KINDS OF DRIVE (continuation)
Drive with free shaft end
The drive assembly consists of a ball bearing supported drive shaft and worm gear. A filler plug is
provided to facilitate filling of the housing with oil. The filler plug must be removed prior to removal of the
shaft with a mandrel.
page 7 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
D. KINDS OF DRIVE (continuation)
Drive with reduction gear or with reduction gear and motor
The assembly consists of the drive assembly with free shaft end, to which a second worm gear drive is
added.
page 8 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
D. KINDS OF DRIVE (continuation)
E. POSITION OF DRIVE
Position 1 left
Position 5 right
without
page 9 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
F. RESERVOIR
The reservoir lid is hinged for ease of access. It can be secured with a padlock to prevent unauthorized
access or tampering. Reservoirs are equipped with a scraper and feed screw. The scraper removes
grease from the sidewall of the tank, while the feed screw assures slight pressurization of grease being
fed to the pump’s inlet chamber. A strainer is fitted in the bottom of the tank to protect the pump inlet
chamber against contamination.
G. ACCESSORIES
Level switch
A lubricant level switch is available for reservoir monitoringby ultrasonic means. When the minimum or
maximum level is reached, an electrical signal is generated. The signal may be used for the purpose of
providing visual indication of status by adding a signal lamp, or to activate an automated filling device.
When so equipped, operating instructions pertaining to P/N BA_2005_1_GB_76951_6001 are provided
with the unit.
Pressure control
When so equipped, operating instructions for pressure control PB_2005_1_GB_38132 are provided with
the unit.
page 10 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
3. Application
Pump FZ-B is designed as a single-piston pump, and is factory configured with a maximum of 2 outlets. It
is primarilly intended for multiline - centralized lubrication systems. The pump can be driven by an
independent flange motor, or directly from the machine to be lubricated via an oscillating lever or a direct
drive coupling.
Pump FZ-B is furnished with one combined single outlet having a maximum delivery of 12 x 0.1 cm3 or
with 2 outlets, each delivering 6 x 0.1 cm3 .
page 11 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
5. Rotational direction of drive
As required, all pumps can be set-up for clockwise or counter-clockwise operation without modifying the
method of drive.
6. Specifications
Permissible back pressure: .............................................................................................................. 200 bar
for a short time: ............................................................................................................... 250 bar
Permissible pump piston speed:
with running drive: .................................................................................................................. max. 10 r.p.m.
with oscillating drive: ............................................................................................................. max. 16 r.p.m.
Number of oscillating strokes: ............................................................................................. max. 300 min.-1
In case that higher speed or less then < 1 is requested and also when distributors ZPA or E 4 are
installed downstream, ask manufacturer
In case of using the oscillating lever drive, the lever rod should be installed in such a way, that the
amplitude of the oscillating lever is same in both directions ∝ 1 = ∝ 2 = max. 50o
Lever amplitude max. : .......................................................................................................................... 100o
Lever amplitude min. : ............................................................................................................................ 10o
7. Start-up
Installing and connecting the lubricating pump
The pump should be installed and mounted vertically. Wiring connections of the motor to its control box
must be carried out according to the circuit diagram with full observance of the paragraph concerning
direction of drive. When utilizing mechanical drives, all moving parts must be properly enclosed. To
prevent injuries.
Once the bearings to be lubricated are also filled with grease, piping can be connected to the bearings.
The system can be then be started after all required settings and adjustments are completed.
page 12 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
Figure 3 Pump body FZ-B
8. Maintenance
Filling the grease tank
The grease tank should be refilled whenever ¾ of its capacity has been depleted. Never allow the tank to
empty to a point where the feed screw is exposed, as air may enter the distribution piping. When filling
the tank, use only clean grease and take precautions to ensure that no dirt enters into the system while
the tank lid is opened. Failure to prevent dirt from entering the tank may lead to system malfunction.
Whenever possible, utilization of an external filling valve and firmly installed plumbing is the preferred
method.
Changing the number of outlets (figure 3)
Pumps are furnished with the number of outlets configured according to the original factory order. Should
circumstances arise requiring changes to the outlets, make changes according to the following
procedure.
Outlets are blocked off by connecting the pressure channel to the pump inlet chamber. To facilitate this,
the top channels are joined to the pump inlet chamber by threaded connections. To block off an upper
outlet, remove the tank, then remove the M4 x 6 cap screw and seal from the threaded hole (Figure 2.19).
To open a blocked off outlet, insert a cap screw and new A4 x 8 seal (Figure 2.18) to assure a tight fit.
Associated outlets can generally be opened or closed by either inserting or removing a screw plug;
(Figure 2.17).
When working on pumps having two vertical outlets, the setting spindle, ball and compression spring,
(Figures 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7) must be removed in order to close off the lower outlet. Before removing the
spindle, unscrew the shank screw (Figure 2.9). Next, insert the plug (Figure 2.20) into the setting spindle
bore. For reconfiguration at a later time, successively reinsert the setting spindle, ball and compression
spring following removal of the shank screw and seal. Reinsertion of the locating screw will bring the
spring and ball to their correct position with relation to the setting spindle groove. Note: Always use a new
seal ring, and lubricate the ball and spring prior to insertion.
Whenever two outlets, arranged one over the other, are shut down for a short period of time, the setting
spindle must be set to 0 and the outlets must not be rigidly blocked. In such cases, use plastic plugs in
place of screw plugs to enable accidental grease discharges to escape without causing
overpressurization.
ATTENTION!
If the number of outlets is modified improperly, damage to the pump cannot be avoided.
page 13 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
8. Maintenance (continuation)
Removal of the drive shaft (see figure)
After removing the spring washer (3.11) and the cap, the circlip (3.13) should be removed. After loosening
the plug (3.20) the drive shaft (3.12) including the roller bearings (3.17) and the sleeve (3.16) can be driven
out using a copper dowel and a hammer.
Gearboxes:
Gearboxes are filled with liquid type grease; i.e. Gearmaster LX00 (Messrs. Lubritech) or equivalent.
Refilling should only be done following gearbox disassembly and cleaning.
Filler Plugs: Main Gearbox (Figure 3.9), Reduction Gear (Figure 3.20)
9. Plates
Name plate Type plate
page 14 of 14 BA_2005_1_GB_FZB
Operating instructions
Distributor PVB
INDEX
Page
1. General ................................................................................. 2
2. Safety .............................................................................. 2 – 4
A. Distributor type .................................................................... 5
B. Number of outlets ................................................................ 5
C. Inspection ............................................................................. 5
D. Monitoring ............................................................................ 5
E. Code of outlets .................................................................... 5
F. Accessories ......................................................................... 5
3. Application ........................................................................... 6
4. Design ............................................................................. 6 – 8
5. Principle of operation .......................................................... 9
6. Installation .......................................................................... 10
7. Specification ...................................................................... 10
8. Plates .................................................................................. 10
page 1 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
1. General
Prior to start up, we recommend to read these operating instructions carefully as we do not assume any
liability for damages and operating troubles which result from the nonobservance of these operating
instructions!
Any use beyond the applications described in these operating instructions is considered to be not in
accordance with the product’s intended purposes. The manufacturer is not to be held responsilbe for any
damages resulting from this: the user alone bears the corresponding risk.
As to figures and indications in these operating instructions we reserve the right to make technical changes
which might become necessary for improvements.
The copyright on these operating instructions is kept reserved to the company DELIMON. These operating
instructions are intended for the erecting, the operating and supervising personnel. They contain
regulations and drawings of technical nature which must not – completely or partially - be distributed nor
used nor communicated to others without authorization for competition purposes.
2. Safety
These operating instructions contain fundamental instructions which are to be observed during erection,
operation and maintenance. Therefore it is absolutely necessary for the fitter and the competent qualified
staff/user to read these operating instructions before installation and start-up. The operating instructions
must be available at all times at the place of use of the machine/system.
Not only the general safety instructions stated under this main point “safety“ are to be observed, but also
the other specific safety instructions stated under the other main points.
safety sign according to DIN 4844, warning about dangerous electric voltage.
In case of safety instructions which, if not observed, may cause damage to the machine and its function,
the word
ATTENTION
is inserted.
Instructions that are directly attached to the machine, as for example
• rotational direction arrow
• identifications for fluid connections
must be observed at all events and maintained in a fully legible condition.
• Note: There is an increased skid risk in case of spilled/leaked out lubricants. They are to be removed
at once properly.
page 2 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
2. Safety (continuation)
2.2 Personnel qualification and training
The operating, maintaining, inspecting and erecting personnel must have the appropriate qualification for
such work. Area of responsibility, competence and supervision of the personnel have to be regulated by
the user. If the personnel do not have the necessary knowledge, they have to be trained and given
instructions. This can be effected, if necessary, by the manufacturer/supplier on behalf of the user of the
machine. Furthermore, the user has to make sure that the contents of the operating instructions are fully
understood by the personnel.
page 3 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
2. Safety (continuation)
2.8 Unacceptable modes of operation
The operational reliability of the machine supplied is only guaranteed if the machine is used in
accordance with its intended purposes as per section 1 - General - of the operating instructions. The
limiting values specified in the data sheet must on no account be exceeded.
page 4 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
GENERAL PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS
• Progressive distributor / modular design
• up to 20 outlets for pipe 6 mm
• Metered volume: 0.17 ccm
• Lubricant: Grease and oil
• Material: steel
B. NUMBER OF OUTLETS
6 outlets
8 outlets
10 outlets
12 outlets
14 outlets
16 outlets
18 outlets
20 outlets
C. INSPECTION
Stage A
D. MONITORING
with non-return valve, without motion indicator, without electrical monitoring
with non-return valve, with motion indicator, without electrical monitoring
with non-return valve, with motion indicator, with electronic limit switch
E. CODE OF OUTLETS
A segment
M segment
E/M segment 3 ( 6 outlets)
E/M segment 4 ( 8 outlets)
E/M segment 5 (10 outlets)
E/M segment 6 (12 outlets)
E/M segment 7 (14 outlets)
E/M segment 8 (16 outlets)
E/M segment 9 (18 outlets)
E/M segment 10 (20 outlets)
F. ACCESSORIES
without
Inlet screw joint GE 6 LR
Inlet screw joint GE 10 LR
page 5 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
3. Application
Distributors of the above mentioned design are used in progressive centralized lubrication systems. Their
field of application is the total loss lubrication for the media oil, liquid grease and grease as well as the oil
recirculation lubrication in small and medium-sized machinery. They can be used for machine tools,
processing machines, all kinds of presses, plastics and paper processing machines, textile machines,
printing machines, wrapping machines and machines of the food and luxury food processing industry.
Further possibilities of use are at open cast appliances in the construction of heavy machinery and in the
field of commercial vehicles, among other things also in connection with dual-line systems.
Every use beyond this field of application is considered to be not in accordance with the product’s intended
purposes, and the manufacturer is not to be held responsible for any damages resulting from it. The
corsesponding risk is taken by the user only.
4. Design
General
The progressive distributors are piston distributors in block assembly which meter the lubricant, which they
receive via the main line, in partial quantities and allocate it forcibly to the individual lubrication line
connections. Here, the pistons have the metering and control function of the lubricant flow. Due to the
forcibly bound mode of working of the progressive distributor, a safe operational monitoring of a
"progressive lubrication system“ is possible with little expenditure only. The distributor works as long as it
receives lubricant under sufficient pressure.
Progressive distributor
The progressive distributors PVB consist of the manifold block, in which are arranged the pistons and the
functional connection and control bores, the plugs for the determination of the pistons‘ lodgment, the
screwin threads for the main and lubrication line connections and the bores for the fixation of the
progressive distributor. The metered volume started for each lubrication point connection is constant and
equal.
It is however possible to collet lubrication point connections in the manifold block according to the
requirement in order to increase the metered quantity of lubricant at given connections. This is possible for
the connections on the right or left side of a distributor.
In addition to this, it is possible to lead individual or fused lubricant volumes within one metering assembly
group to the respective opposite side. For both collection kinds of metered volumes of individual outlets, it
is essential to observe certain conditions.
page 6 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
4. Design (continuation)
Control facilities
If required, the progressive distributors can be provided with a visual control facility or a monitoring switch
the encapsulated proximity switch of which triggers a pulse. This control facility is always fixed on the right
side to the connection having the greatest distance to the inlet (connection C2 to F2). Control facilities are
used as visual or electric variant. The visual control facilities consists of the indicator screw fittings and the
indicator pin, which is firmly connected with the piston and makes the stroke motion visible. Regarding the
electrical control facility, a proximity switch with switching state indication (LED) is actuated by the control
pin of the visual control facility.
Pipe connections
ATTENION
For the connetion of the lubrication point lines, special union pieces with nonreturn valve (similar to union
piece DIN 2353 - CLL 6 - St) for pipe diameter 6 mm are used, which simultaneously have a sealing
function inside the progressive distributor. These union pieces cannot be replaced by normal olive union
pieces. The nonreturn valves integrated in the outlet union pieces ensure that the distributor works with
reliability even in case of little lubricant volumes and higher counterpressure involved in connection with
flexible pipework material.
Number of L
outlets
6 60
8 75
10 90
12 105
14 120
16 135
18 150
20 165
page 7 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
4. DESIGN (continuation)
page 8 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
5. Principle of operation
Progressive distributor
When lubricant is supplied to the main line connection
of the progressive distributor, piston "A" (for instance)
is moved in direction of outlet A1 up to the limit stop,
and the lubricant in front of the limit stop is metered to
outlet F2. The delivery of lubricant is continued, and
piston "B" is moved in direction of outlet B1 up to limit
stop, and the lubricant in front of the limit stop is
carried to outlet A1. In the continued succession,
piston "C" is moved in direction of outlet C1 up to the
limit stop, and the lubricant in front of the limit stop is
metered to outlet B1 etc.
When all pistons are adjacent to the left limit stops,
piston "A" is moved in direction of outlet A2 up to the
limit stop, and the lubricant in front of the limit stop is
metered to outlet F1.
In the sequel of the lubricant supply, the piston "B"
and "C" are moved to the right limit stops, piston "B"
metering the lubricant to outlet A2, and piston "C"
metering the lubricant to outlet B2 etc.
The supply of lubricant to the outlets is effected in the
same order as described, until the pistons "A" to "F"
have been moved into the respective limit stop side.
The functioning of the progressive distributors
requires at least 3 metering groups (piston pairings).
An unlimited increase of the number of outlets is
theoretically possible
Fusion of outlets
If it is necessary to fuse individual lubrication point connections in order to increae the lubricant volume
delivered for a given lubrication line connection, it is essential to observe the order of the metering of
lubricant.
ATTENTION
It is basic rule that the two outlets having the greatest distance to the lubricant inlet must not be closed.
page 9 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
6. Installation
The progressive distributors are delivered according to the indications made and normally supplied
completely with the connecting union pieces for the lubrication point lines.
The progressive distributor is fixed via the two fixing holes Ø 6,4, preferably by means of hexagon head cap
screws M 6 x 45 and spring washers DIN 127 – B 6, which protect the screw joint from automatic
loosening.
These fixing elements and the union pieces for the connection of the main line are not part of the extent of
supply and have to be specified on the order. The final pipe connection at the distributor must not be
effected before the lubricant comes without air bubbles out of the pipe having been detached from the
distributor. This fact can be recognized by a constant air bubble-free delivery of lubricant.
7. Specification
Working pressure max. (layout with motion indicator) ..................................................................... 160 bar
Working pressure max. (layout without motion indicator) ................................................................ 300 bar
Metered volume per piston stroke and outlet ................................................................................. 0.17 ccm
Response pressure ......................................................................................................................... > 10 bar
Temperature range .......................................................................................................... - 20° up to + 120°C
Volume flow for oil and grease ........................................................ min. 0.5 ccm/min; max. 1000 ccm/min
Differential pressure between 2 outlets ...................................................................................... max. 70 bar
Connectable pipelines
Inlet .............................................................................................................................. female thread: G 1/8
Outlet ................................................................................................................................................ Ø 6 mm
8. Plates
Type plate
page 10 of 10 BA_2005_1_GB_PVB
Operating Instructions
Distributor
ZP-A
INDEX
Page
1. General ................................................................................. 2
2. Safety .............................................................................. 2 – 4
A. Distributor type .................................................................... 4
B. Number of segments ........................................................... 4
C. Inspection ............................................................................. 5
D. Monitoring ............................................................................ 5
E. Coding of the outlets ........................................................... 5
F. Accessories ......................................................................... 5
3. Application ........................................................................... 5
4. Design and Function ........................................................... 5
5. Specification ........................................................................ 6
6. Explanation .......................................................................... 7
7. Plates .................................................................................... 7
Page 1 of 7 BA_2005_1_GB_ZPA
1. General
Prior to start up, we recommend to read these operating instructions carefully as we do not assume any
liability for damages and operating troubles which result from the nonobservance of these operating
instructions!
Any use beyond the applications described in these operating instructions is considered to be not in
accordance with the product’s intended purposes. The manufacturer is not to be held responsible for any
damages resulting from this: the user alone bears the corresponding risk.
As to figures and indications in these operating instructions we reserve the right to make technical changes
which might become necessary for improvements.
The copyright on these operating instructions is kept reserved to the company DELIMON. These operating
instructions are intended for the erecting, the operating and supervising personnel. They contain
regulations and drawings of technical nature which must not – completely or partially - be distributed nor
used nor communicated to others without authorization for competition purposes.
2. Safety
These operating instructions contain fundamental instructions which are to be observed during erection,
operation and maintenance. Therefore it is absolutely necessary for the fitter and the competent qualified
staff/user to read these operating instructions before installation and start-up. The operating instructions
must be available at all times at the place of use of the machine/system.
Not only the general safety instructions stated under this main point “safety“ are to be observed, but also
the other specific safety instructions stated under the other main points.
safety sign according to DIN 4844, warning about dangerous electric voltage.
In case of safety instructions which, if not observed, may cause damage to the machine and its function,
the word
ATTENTION
is inserted.
Instructions that are directly attached to the machine, as for example
• rotational direction arrow
• identifications for fluid connections
must be observed at all events and maintained in a fully legible condition.
• Note: There is an increased skid risk in case of spilled/leaked out lubricants. They are to be removed
at once properly.
Page 2 of 7 BA_2005_1_GB_ZPA
2. Safety (continuation)
2.2 Personnel qualification and training
The operating, maintaining, inspecting and erecting personnel must have the appropriate qualification for
such work. Area of responsibility, competence and supervision of the personnel have to be regulated by
the user. If the personnel do not have the necessary knowledge, they have to be trained and given
instructions. This can be effected, if necessary, by the manufacturer/supplier on behalf of the user of the
machine. Furthermore, the user has to make sure that the contents of the operating instructions are fully
understood by the personnel.
Page 3 of 7 BA_2005_1_GB_ZPA
2. Safety (continuation)
2.8 Unacceptable modes of operation
The operational reliability of the machine supplied is only guaranteed if the machine is used in
accordance with its intended purposes as per section 1 - General - of the operating instructions. The
limiting values specified in the data sheet must on no account be exceeded.
B. NUMBER OF SEGMENTS
3 segments
4 segments
5 segments
6 segments
7 segments
8 segments
9 segments
10 segments
11 segments
12 segments
Page 4 of 7 BA_2005_1_GB_ZPA
C. INSPECTION
Stage A
D. MONITORING
with non-return valve, with motion indicator
with non-return valve, with monitoring switch
F. ACCESSORIES
without
Slot angle
Overpressure indicator 70 or 100 bar
3. Application
The major element of a progressive system is the lubricant distributor.
Distributors ZP-A are used to divide and meter lubricant in total loss central lubrication systems (oil, liquid
grease and grease) and in oil recirculation systems suitable for small, medium and large machine plants.
Page 5 of 7 BA_2005_1_GB_ZPA
5. Specification
Working pressure max. : ................................................................................................................... 160 bar
Temperature range (with proximity indicator) : ................................................................ – 20 °C to + 80 °C
Temperature range (without proximity indicator) : ......................................................... – 20 °C to + 110 °C
Admissible differential pressure between 2 outlets: .................................................................... max. 50 bar
...................................................................... with non-return valves max. up to admissible system pressure
Metered volume per piston stroke: .................................................................... at choice 0.1; 0.2 or 0.3 cm3
Flow volume for oil and grease: ......................................................... min. 0.5 cm3/min; max. 1000 cm3/min
Opening pressure of nonreturn valves: .................................................................................................. 2 bar
Response pressure: ............................................................................................................................ 10 bar
Usable lubricants on mineral oil basis:
Lubricating greases up to ................................................................................ NLGI class 3 DIN 51818
Oil ........................................................ ISO VG 68 to 1500 (DIN 51519) at 20 °C ambient temperature
Synthetic lubricants ....................................................................................................................... on request
Pipe connections:
Inlet G 1/8 ................................................................................................................................ standard Ø 10
Outlet G 1/8 .............................................................................................................................................. Ø 6
ATTENTION
Special care has to be taken that the quantity of lubricant metered by a piston does not escape in the same
segment but in the adjacent segment next to the inlet port. The metered volume of the piston in the initial
segment is discharged at the final segment.
Page 6 of 7 BA_2005_1_GB_ZPA
6. EXPLANATION
1. The basic design of distributor ZP-A is illustrated
by a symbol; the channel bores drawn into the
symbol show that the metered volume of one
segment is principally carried to the adjacent
segment located next to the “inlet” port - with one
exception: the metered volume of the initial
segment is carried back to the final segment.
Each segment of the distributor is marked with
the respective metered volume.
01 is equal to 0.1 cm3 per piston stroke
02 is equal to 0.2 cm3 per piston stroke
03 is equal to 0.3 cm3 per piston stroke
2. There are various possibilities of combining
several metered volumes and delivering them to
a single outlet port. The following 3 letter symbols
are available to mark these possibilities and the
arrangement of the outlets.
Symbol “a” shows the position of the outlet port.
Symbol “b” denotes the combination of the two
metered volumes within one segment. For this,
the bridge is attached to the respective segment.
Symbol “c” denotes the combination of the
metered volumes of neighbouring segments; for
this, the disks between the segments in direction
of the inlet port are removed. This combination is
not feasible in the initial segment.
3. Metering volume at outlet port (cm3).
7. Plates
Type plate 26 x 52mm (75511-1311)
Page 7 of 7 BA_2005_1_GB_ZPA
Level Switch 76951 – 6011
Description for Programmer
Field of application:
The level control device is used for the control of up to three filling level in tanks.
Features : Switching interval adjustable from 60 mm to 550 mm
Operating voltage range 20 V to 252 V AC / DC.
Relay outputs.
Parameterizable via DIP switch.
Installation position:
The level switch is installed vertically to the surface of the liquid in the lid of the tank.
Teaching-in of the switching points:
How to prepare the teaching-in of the switching points:
Remove transparent lid and insertion plate
Switch on operating voltage
Switch DIP switch 5 in ON position. The red LED´s 1 and 4 will light up.
During the teaching-in process, the relays switch into the dead state.
Position suitable target in the desired switching interval
Teaching-in of switching point 1:
Switch over DIP switch 1.
If the target is recognized, a green LED will light up additionally.
If the target is not recognized, a yellow LED will light up additionally.
The target has to be positioned a new until it is recognized.
Switch back DIP switch 1.
The switching interval is stored in the RAM memory when the DIP switch is switched back while the green LED
is flashing. After this, only the red LED’s will emit light.
This state shows the operator that the DIP switch is in its inital position again.
Teaching-in of switching point 2:
Please refer switching point 1, but switch over DIP switch 2.
Teaching-in of switching point 3:
Please refer switching point 1, but switch over DIP switch 3.
Page 1 of 6 BA_2015_1_GB_76951-6011
replacement for BA_2005_1_GB_76951-6011
How to finish the teaching-in process :
Switch DIP switch 5 back into OFF position.
The adjustment will be transferred into the (retentive) memory with permanent effect.
After the teaching-in, the order of the switching points is always
switching point 1 < switching point 2 < switching point 3.
Insert insertion plate according to the position of DIP switch 4.
Screw on transparent lid and insertion plate.
Teaching-in of the default values :
Switch DIP switch 5 in ON position. The red LED’s 1 and 4 will light up.
Switch over DIP switch 4.
Switch over DIP switch 1, then switch it back again.
Switch over DIP switch 2, then switch it back again.
Switch over DIP switch 3, then switch it back again.
Switch DIP switch 4 back again.
Switch DIP switch 5 back into OFF position again.
The default adjustments are transferred into the memory with permanent effect.
The following default values have been adjusted : S1 = 60mm; S2 = 220mm; S3 = 270mm
(measured from the sensor to the switching point)
“NO (normally open) contact behaviour“ means : The corresponding contact closes, when the filling level is higher
than the pertaining switching point.
“NC (normally closed) contact behaviour“ means : The corresponding contact opens, when the filling level is higher
than the pertaining switching point.
Page 2 of 6 BA_2015_1_GB_76951-6011
replacement for BA_2005_1_GB_76951-6011
Adjustment of the indication mode :
In normal operation, (DIP switch 5 in OFF position), one can choose the indication mode by means of DIP switch 4.
Insertion plate :
Page 3 of 6 BA_2015_1_GB_76951-6011
replacement for BA_2005_1_GB_76951-6011
Mode “early warning/min. filling level“
DIP switch 4 in ON position :
LED 1 (red): overfill signal (full) switching point S1
LED 2 (green) normal state (normal) -
LED 3 (yellow) early warning (min) switching point S2
LED 4 (red) empty signal (empty) switching point S3
Adjustment:
Pump Reservoir S1 S2 S3
mm mm mm
FZ 8l 60 240 290
FZ 15 l 60 265 315
FZ 30 l 60 335 385
BM – B 8l 60 240 290
BM – B 15 l 60 265 315
BM – B 30 l 60 335 385
BS – B 30 l 60 335 385
BS – B 60 l 60 390 440
BS – B 100 l 60 480 530
Autolub 8l 60 220 270
HA III 100 l 60 460 510
Page 4 of 6 BA_2015_1_GB_76951-6011
replacement for BA_2005_1_GB_76951-6011
Specification:
General data:
Acquisition range ............................................................. 60 mm...550 mm (ex ultrasonic transducer)
Reference quantity ........................................................... 100 mm x 100 mm (even surface)
Opening angle of sound beam ....................................... approx. 5° at –6dB sound pressure
Transducer frequency ..................................................... approx. 380 kHz
Repeat accuracy ............................................................. < 0.5 %, < 0.5 mm at constant ambient conditions
Reaction time of relay contacts ....................................... approx. 10 s
Release time of relay contacts ........................................ approx. 10 s
Reaction time of LEDs ..................................................... < 1 s (indication of measured value)
Release time of LEDs ...................................................... < 1 s (indication of measured value)
Temperature drift ............................................................. < 4 % over the whole temperature range
Electrical data:
Operating voltage UB ....................................................... 20 V...252 V DC/AC, 47 Hz...63 Hz
Current consumption ....................................................... ca. 70 mA at 30 V DC (all relays in working position)
Switching output 1, 2 and 3 ............................................. relays
Contact material ...................................................... gilded silver alloy
Switching voltage max. . .......................................... 150 V DC, 252 V AC
Switching current max. ............................................ 3 A, ohmic
Switching current min. ............................................. 0.1 mA, 100 mV DC
Switching capacity ................................................... 90 W at 30 V DC, 750 W at 250 V AC
Life time (electrical) ................................................. 106 switching cycles at a resistive load of 3 A / 30 V DC
.................................................................................. and/or 3 A / 252 V AC
Mechanical data:
Operating temperature .................................................... -20 °C...+60 °C
Storage temperature ....................................................... -40 °C...+85 °C
Protective system acc. DIN 40 050 ................................. IP 65
Type of connection .......................................................... 7-polar 90°- cable box (PG 11) with screw and
.......................................................................................... soldering contacts
.......................................................................................... Cross section: max. 1.5 mm² wire sleeves without
.......................................................................................... insulation collar.
Weight .............................................................................. 0.55 kg
Page 5 of 6 BA_2015_1_GB_76951-6011
replacement for BA_2005_1_GB_76951-6011
Dimensioned drawing:
Page 6 of 6 BA_2015_1_GB_76951-6011
replacement for BA_2005_1_GB_76951-6011
Monitoring switch
DATA SHEET 66925 - 1311
Specification
Protective system : ___ IP 65 in plugged condition
Operating voltage : ___________ 10 V to 30 V DC
Output current : _________________ max. 200 m A
Switching function : _______________ NO contact
Switching frequency : ____________ max. 1000 Hz
Temperature range : ________ - 25 oC to + 70 oC
Feed lines:
Proof against wrong poling : _______________ yes
Shortcircuit proof : ________________________ no
Connection diagram
CHARACTERISTICS
• It can be used for all kinds of centralized lubrication
systems as far as the latter work in the pressure range
between 15 and 300 bar.
• Simple configuration, thus low price, maintenance-
free, and easy to set. Picture corresponds to
Code no.
• Reduces space. 38132 - 1211
38132 - 1221
38132 - 1231
TECHNICAL DATA
Response pressure : _ adjustable from 15 up to 300 bar
Operating temperature : __________ - 20 oC to + 120 oC
Flow media :
Lubricant greases ___________ based on mineral oil Picture corresponds to
________________ NLGI-class 000 to 3 DIN 51818 Code no.
38132 - 1241
Mineral oils _______ with a viscosity above 68 mm²/s 38132 - 1251
_______________________ at operating temperature
Installation : _____________________________ at choice
Weight : __________________________________ 0.03 kg
DIMENSIONS (mm)
PB_2005_1_GB_38132
replacement for 38132 PB 1 d+e / 02 0900HF
SUGGESTIONS FOR INSTALLATION
DELIMON GmbH
Arminstraße 15 Phone: +49 211 77740 Niederlassung: Für reibungslose Bewegung
D-40227 Düsseldorf Fax: +49 211 7774 210 Am Bockwald 4 For smooth motion
Postfach 10 20 52 [email protected] D-08344 Grünhain-Beierfeld
D-40011 Düsseldorf www.bijurdelimon.com